Table of Contents

Perforating Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
Perforating Solutions History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Sharing Knowledge to Exceed Customer Expectations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Doing the Right Thing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
PerfPro® Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
The Perforation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Damaged Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Completion Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Underbalanced Perforating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Extreme Overbalanced Perforating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
ShockProSM Shockload Evaluation Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
SurgeProSM Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Modeling and Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Post-Job Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Bibliography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Installation Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
Single-Zone Completions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Horizontal Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Automatic-Release Gun Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Single-Trip Perforating and Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Multizone Perforating and Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Annulus-Fired Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Modular Gun System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Enhanced Overbalanced Perforating Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Sand Control Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Perforate and Squeeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Select Fire™ Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Live Well Perforating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Downhole Pump Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Coiled Tubing Perforating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
VannGun® Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
History of Perforation Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
VannGun® Assemblies 1 9/16 in. to 7 in. and 4 SPF to 21 SPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
VannGun Phasing and Shot Patterns* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
VannGun Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
Scalloped Gun Charge Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
Gun Washover/Fishing Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
Gun Swell Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
VannGun Pressure Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32

Table of Contents i
 Thermal Decomposition of Explosives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Time Vs. Temperature Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Firing Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Detonation Interruption Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Mechanical Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Model II-D Mechanical Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Model III-D Mechanical Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Pressure-Actuated Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
Model K Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Model KV-II Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
Time-Delay Firer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Multiaction-Delay Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Annulus Pressure Firer-Control Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Slimhole Annulus Pressure Firer—Internal Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
5-in. Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
3 1/8-in. Internal Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
3 1/8-in. Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir—Internal Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Differential Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Hydraulic Actuator Firing Head and Swivel-Type Hydraulic Actuator Firing Head . . . . .5-18
Mechanical Metering Hydraulic-Delay Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Slickline-Retrievable Mechanical Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Slickline-Retrievable Time-Delay Firer Firing Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Extended Delay Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Modular Mechanical Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
HalSonics® Firing Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Side-Pocket Mandrel Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Annulus Pressure Crossover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
EZ Cycle™ Multi-Pressure Cycle Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Operating the EZ Cycle Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
DrillGun™ Perforating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Select Fire™ Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
Isolation Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
AutoLatch™ Release Gun Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Ratchet Gun Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
Shearable Safety Sub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
Modular Gun System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
Setting Tools for the Auto-Release Gun Hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
Detach™ Separating Gun Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
G-Force® Precision Oriented Perforating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16
Explosive Transfer Swivel Sub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-18
Eccentric Orienting Tandem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19
Roller Tandem Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20

ii Table of Contents
 Centralizer Tandem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-21
StimGun™ Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22
StimTube™ Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-24
PerfStim™ Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-26
POWR*PERFSM Perforation/Stimulation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-27
Quick Torque™ Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-28
Pump-Through Firing Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-30
Ancillary Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
Automatic-Release Gun Hanger—Rotational Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Automatic-Release Gun Hanger—Automatic-J Mandrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Emergency Release Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
Y-Block Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
Fast Gauge Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Balanced Isolation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Annular Pressure-Control Line Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Annular Pressure-Control Line Swivel Sub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Annular Pressure-Control Line Tubing Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Bar Pressure Vent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
Below-Packer Vent Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
Maximum Differential Bar Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Pressure-Operated Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
Vann™ Circulating Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
Automatic Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22
Mechanical Tubing Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24
Pressure-Actuated Tubing Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26
DPU® Downhole Power Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27
SmartETD® Advanced Electronic Triggering Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
Coiled Tubing Conveyed Perforating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29
Fill Disk Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-30
Gun Guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31
EZ Pass™ Gun Hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
Hydraulic Metering Release Tool for the Single Trip System (STPP™-GH) . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1
United States Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1
Frequently Asked Questions and Answers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

Table of Contents iii

iv Table of Contents

Perforating Solutions
Introduction
Halliburton Energy Services has
excelled in delivery of oilfield tools
and services for more than 80 years
and has continuously set the industry
standard. Halliburton Perforating
Solutions product line maintains an
unequalled success and safety record
while continuously developing and
introducing new and innovative
products. The quality of our products
starts with the continuous innovation
by our multi-disciplined technology
group. Business development groups
stay in close contact with technology
to assure that clients have the latest
technology available. Manufacturing
methods, inspection/testing,
packaging, and warehousing assure
the quality of our products at the
point of delivery to operations.
Halliburton's commitment to health,
safety, environment, and flawless
service quality assure that the final
product and service is world class.
This catalog will provide the reader
with general information about the
perforating optimization process as
well as provide examples of
perforating system installations. In
addition, the reader will find useful
information about Halliburton
perforating products including
descriptions, illustrations, and
specifications of the following:
• VannGun® assemblies
• Firing heads
• Special applications
• Ancillary equipment
Perforating Solutions offers the most
options for perforating configurations
and completion optimization
including PerfStim™, POWR*PERFSM,
PerfConSM, StimGun™, G-Force®
Introduction
precision oriented perforating system,
and modular gun systems.
With the combined strengths of
Halliburton’s Jet Research Center's
perforating charges and the originators
of the VannSystem® completion
services, Halliburton Perforating
Solutions offers the most experience in
the industry. Whatever your
perforating needs, Halliburton will
always meet and strive to exceed your
expectations.
From Tubing Conveyed
Perforating to Perforating
Solutions
Communication between the
formation and the wellbore is of
critical importance in cased hole
completions. The method in which
the guns are deployed in the well is an
important detail; however, it is
immaterial as long as the most
efficient perforating solution is used.
Halliburton offers an array of
methods, tools, equipment, and
products to accomplish this
communication. Halliburton
Perforating Solutions service line,
previously known as Halliburton
Tubing Conveyed Perforating (TCP)
services is responsible for developing
and delivering these solutions.
Since the inception of our VannSystem
completion services in 1970,
Halliburton has built a reputation for
innovative ideas, quality equipment,
and dependable operations.
Halliburton Perforating Solutions
include the following:
• VannGun assemblies
• Firing heads
• Venting devices
Introduction
• Release devices
• Debris barriers
• Live well perforating systems
• Gun hangers
• Enhanced overbalanced perforating
• Special applications
• Ancillary equipment
New Perforating Solutions
Technology
Halliburton strives to be the leader in
identifying, developing, and
commercializing new technology.
Some of the more recent technological
innovations described in this catalog
are listed below:
• PerfPro® process
• HalSonics® firing head
• DrillGun™ perforating system
• Detach™ separating gun connector
• G-Force® internal orienting system
• StimGun™ assembly
• Fast gauge recorder
• New shaped charges
– Millennium™ charges
– Mirage® charges
– Dominator® charges
– Maxim™ charges
• New gun systems
– 5 1/8-in. 21 spf superhole
– 4 3/4-in. systems
– 5-in. systems
– 5 3/4-in. systems
– 6 1/2-in. systems
– 4 1/4-in. system
– 7-in. 18 spf Mirage system
POWR*PERF, a process of Marathon Oil Company, is
licensed by Halliburton. POWR*PERF is a service
mark/trademark of Marathon Oil Company and
licensed by Halliburton.
StimTube™ and StimGun™ are trademarks of
Marathon Oil Company and are licensed to
Halliburton by Marathon.
PerfStim™ is a trademark of Oryx Energy Company.
Patented by Oryx and licensed by Halliburton
1-1
Perforating Solutions History
There are different methods that can be
used to create perforations in wellbores.
One of the first was bullet perforating
which was conceived and patented in
1926. The major drawbacks with this
method were that the bullet remained
in the perforation tunnel, penetration
was not very good, and some casings
could not be perforated effectively.
In January 1945, Ramsey C. Armstrong
founded Well Explosives Company, Inc.
later to be known as WELEX. In 1946,
Welex introduced the shaped charge.
The principle of the shaped charge was
developed during World War II for
armor piercing shells used in bazookas
to destroy tanks. This new technology
allowed the oil producers to have some
control over the perforating design
(penetration and entry hole size) to
optimize productivity.
In 1949, McCullough Perforating
Company made an attempt at
developing tubing conveyed perforating
but was not successful.
In 1970, Vann Tool Co., known as
VannSystems, developed and ran the
first commercially successful tubing
conveyed perforating system.
Throughout the early years,
VannSystems was the leader in
introducing TCP technology in the oil
industry. In October 1985, Halliburton
purchased VannSystems and since then
Halliburton has continued to be the
industry leader in research,
development, and introduction of new
technology to the oil industry.
At the present time, there are specific
projects in several locations around the
globe that will require Halliburton
Perforating Solutions to continue the
introduction of new technology and
perforating solutions to safely and
efficiently handle today's complex
completion requirements.

Perforating Solutions Timeline

Year Accomplishment
Introduced tubing conveyed perforating via development of the first pressure-balanced mechanical firing head
1970
First successful TCP job—On October 13, 1970, Roy Vann runs the first TCP completion for an independent operator in southeast New Mexico.
1971 Introduced stinging VannGun® assemblies through large-bore permanent packers
1972 First Vent—Tubing runs in dry, maximizing underbalance
First Tubing Release—Actuated via conventional wireline tool, the release drops the VannGun assemblies into the rathole to
1973 eliminate pulling guns out of the hole.
Introduced Single Trip Perforating and Testing Systems
Introduced TCP Systems for Gravel Packing—Carefully controlled underbalance pressures with high-shot density, big-hole guns yield improved
1974
results for gravel pack operations.
Introduced Dual Completion Systems—VannGun assemblies run in on dual tubing strings to complete isolated zones. Zones can be produced
1975
without commingling production.
First long interval completion (over 1,000 ft)—Successfully completed a 1,000-ft interval for Shell Oil Company (Offshore California) in a single trip
1980
First bottom shot detection device
First safe Quick-Connect System—The Polymer Alignment Insert (PAI), still an industry standard, greatly enhances safety by recessing
and securing detonating cord and boosters inside the gun body or tandem.
1981 First Horizontal Well Completion—The first horizontal well completed using TCP technology was drilled under
Canada’s McKenzie River.
Introduced the Time-Delay Firing Head—This firing head also provides for firing several guns independently.
First Azide-Free Bidirectional Boosters—New boosters eliminate hazards created by lead azide sensitivity to shock and heat. Azide-free boosters
1983
can safely be installed at the shop and transported to the locations.
1985 First High Temperature TCP System (400°F)
1986 First Automatic Release Firing Head—The firing head automatically drops the expended guns into the rathole.
1988 First TCP System for Pumping Wells—The benefits of underbalanced perforating brought to well pumping.
1989 First Extremely High Temperature (500°F) System
1990 Introduced the Slickline-Retrievable Firing Head
1991 First TCP Monobore Completion System (i.e., the Auto Release Gun Hanger)
1993 First Select Fire™ System—System offers the ability to shoot multiple zones in a single trip at desired time.
1994 First Modular Gun System
1996 First TCP Snubbing Gun Connector System for Standard BOP Stacks
Introduced AutoLatch™ TCP Gun Connector—The several hours formerly required to make each connection when snubbing into live wells is cut
1997
to an average of 20 minutes.
First to license StimGun™ Technology—Productivity enhancement is achieved by perforating with propellant. This StimGun
1998 technology is licensed worldwide for both TCP and Wireline Perforating.
First DrillGun™—All aluminum drillable gun assembly.
2000 Introduced the Millennium™ VannGun assembly—Offers the best performance in 9 of 11 API tests of the most popular gun systems.
2001 Introduced the PerfPro® process for well inflow optimization

1-2 Introduction
 Perforating Solutions Timeline
Year Accomplishment
2002 Introduced the Mirage® improved low debris perforating system
2003 Introduced G-Force® gun system—First internal oriented gun system
Introduced ShockProSM software program to evaluate mechanical risk factors to well components from gun detonation shock loads
Introduced SurgeProSM software program to model a variety of dynamic wellbore calculations
Introduced HalSonics® firing head designed to actuate guns by sending an acoustic signal down the tubing
Introduced Dominator® shaped charge to optimize perforating performance in reservoir rock
Introduced Maxim™ shaped charges for applications where multiple strings of casing are to be perforated
2004 Introduced Quick Torque™ connector to simplify TCP gun assembly and save time by eliminating assembly of components on the rig
Developed composite DrillGun™ perforating system that combines rugged, reliable perforating components with the versatility of drillable materials
Introduced EZ Cycle™ multi-pressure cycle firing head that can be cycled several times prior to firing the perforating guns
Introduced EZ Pass™ gun hanger to run in conjunction with the modular gun system and designed with slips that stay retracted during the
perforating event until the tool is set

Since 1970, Halliburton, originally VannSystems, has
performed more than 36,000 perforating jobs. Each
VannGun® perforating job has been documented and is
stored in a database that is maintained at our Tools, Testing,
and Tubing Conveyed Perforating Technical and Engineering
Support Facility in Carrollton, Texas.
In addition to documenting relevant well and reservoir
information for each job, the database also serves as a
measure of technical efficiency. Of all the VannGun jobs
performed worldwide, the perforating success is 97.57%.
Halliburton employs a classification system that rates each
Perforating Solutions job for overall success.

Perforating Classification System

Class Results
1 Successful job, no problems
2 Non-Halliburton problem (could not run in hole, packer set off-depth, etc.)
3 Perforating misrun and/or more than 1-hour downtime
4 Halliburton tool problem (non-Perforating problem)

Job Efficiency Table 1993-2004

100.00

99.50

99.00

98.50

98.00
Job Efficiency

97.50

97.00

96.50

96.00

95.50

95.00
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004
Years

Presented are additional perforating milestones achieved with the VannGun Perforating System.
Perforating Milestones
Milestone Results
Longest overall perforating job (gross) 9,370 ft
Longest perforated interval (net) 7,600 ft
Most firing heads in one run 62
Deepest completion measured depth 30,521 ft
Highest temperature 460°F

Introduction 1-3
Sharing Knowledge to Exceed Customer Expectations
While state-of-the-art equipment and procedures continue
to be developed to enhance operational efficiencies in the
oilfield, one significant enhancement to the way in which
oilfield procedures are handled today does not relate to
equipment. It concerns the method in which operators,
engineers, and suppliers are now conducting their business
relationships. Internal and external web portals are now used
to improve expedience in alignment and communication
between all supplier and operating personnel. Halliburton’s
extranet portal, www.myHalliburton.com or
“Intelligence Central™” portal provides personalized, user-
friendly, web-based access to technical content, tools, and
applications that allow cross-functional teams to collaborate
in a single, easy to access environment. myHalliburton.com®
portal’s organizational architecture is structured around the
oil and gas development through production workflow
addressing Asset Discovery, Evaluation of the Asset,
Completions, Well Maintenance, and Formation/Production
Enhancement. The Perforating Solutions Completion
Products and Services section of the workflow contains
perforating well completion product specifications and
catalog content, current best practices, case histories,
simulators, and technical tools that provide users with
improved technology and best practice integration for
myHalliburton.com Home Page
1-4
reduced operating expense and improved reserve
development.
myHalliburton.com creates efficiencies by providing
transparency to the technical and commercial workflow tools
and applications in a single, user-friendly environment that
can be personalized to meet the goals of all users by:
• Decreasing initial tendering time frames through
collaborative web applications
• Accessing commercial information such as invoices, field
tickets, job schedules, and proposals, allowing users to
view the entire commercial workflow for a particular
service job; reducing the disputes that can increase
operating expenses for oil companies and suppliers
• Accessing portal communities which can remove the
problems inherent in coordination of remotely located
personnel
To gain access to the Halliburton electronic business portal,
log on to www.myHalliburton.com. Please note, the
myHalliburton.com portal requires a user name and
password to gain access. Consult your local Halliburton
representative for registration information.
Introduction
Halliburton is committed to providing world class solutions.
The Perforating Solutions Knowledge Management Portal is
an exciting new tool that provides a virtual location for
Halliburton perforating experts to expand and share
knowledge and best practices. Topics such as firing systems,
perforating systems, and special completion applications are
discussed and highlighted around the globe via the web-
based portal. The system gives Halliburton’s perforating
community the extra edge in providing the right information
at the right time to improve safety, service quality, and the
quality of the solution.
Knowledge Portal Screen Capture
Introduction
Features
• Provides Halliburton’s experts with easy access to written
information (tool manuals, drawings, etc.)
• One-on-one interaction, monitored by a subject matter
expert (SME) to capture new knowledge
• Coordinates processes and prioritizes issues that require
SME input
• Provides the latest technology in real time
1-5
Manufacturing
Product quality is the primary objective at Halliburton’s Jet
Research Center (JRC). There is a registered ISO Quality
system, which is an ideal business approach for managing
costs and providing products to customers to meet their
needs. The quality system consists of documented processes
that are assessed annually for proper implementation. The
success of the quality process is dependent, not only on
management, but on all employees. Employees are
empowered to make decisions for removing questionable or
defective products from the system when discovered. All are
encouraged to make suggestions for improvements,
including safety and protection of the environment. The
quality process is owned by all JRC employees—not just the
Quality department.
One of the keys to our quality success is our motto, “Take
care of the customer.” To achieve this goal requires pursuit of
continual improvement. Not all improvements are
monumental in size or scope. Improvements are usually
made in small increments that turn into a successful project
or solution. In addition to our external customers, we have
internal customers to take care of as well.
Our commitment to quality products starts with the design
by technology and continues through the entire process with
proper documentation of orders by customer service, quality
of purchased parts, manufacturing methods, inspection/
testing, packaging, warehousing, and final delivery to the
customer. Everyone plays an important part.
Management support is required for the system to be
implemented in a manner to deliver results. This means the
management team must be committed to making the tough
decisions required when building quality into the products.
The quality team works with technology, purchasing, and
manufacturing to pursue continual improvement. Processes,
methods, and procedures are reviewed for windows of
1-6
opportunity to create improvements. Corrective and
preventive action is taken where necessary to affect change.
Inspection plans are being implemented on selected
purchased materials to assure quality parts are available and
delivered to the manufacturing team in a timely manner.
The process of continual improvement results in change,
training, and review to determine the effectiveness. Some
recent accomplishments or problems solved are as follows:
• Realized more consistent targets and greater penetration
of targets now than in the past
• Improved powdered metal blending to reduce spoilage
and deterioration
• Achieved main load powder improvements
• Improved data recording and documentation (notes,
traceability, marking/identification, test fire charts, etc.)
• Reduced incidence of delivery of damaged material for
charge holder tubing
• Reinstated sampling inspection to identify problem
products
• Improved use of SAP to download quality and supplier
performance data
• Improved packaging of charges to reduce deterioration
• Covered more calibration of equipment without
redundancy
• Increased surveillance of vendor performance
• Eliminated poor-performing vendors
Success can be attributed to continuously improving the
quality of our processes and products measured by the
elimination of poor quality and the satisfaction everyone
shares with doing the job right the first time.
Introduction
Doing the Right Thing

Planning with the Halliburton Performance

Improvement Initiative (PII)
Planning for Superior Health, Safety, Environmental, and
Service Quality performance using Halliburton’s
Performance Improvement Initiative (PII)

PII is Halliburton’s annual planning process for improving

HSE and Service Quality. Since its introduction in 1997, PII
has helped to ensure organizational alignment in the quest
for continuous improvement and has yielded
demonstrable results. PII includes a review of past
performance, an assessment of currently available tools,
and the development of objectives and strategies for Monthly global conference calls led by executive
continuous global improvement. teams assess progress and provide a platform
for best practice exchanges and discussions
of barriers to success.
Executive PII Teams
Safety & Service Focusing on Prevention
Environment
Health Quality PII is primarily focused on the prevention of incidents. PII
introduced tools such as the Halliburton Management System
(HMS) that facilitates the integration of HSE and Quality into
the way we do our work. Site surveys, hazard observation, and
Region/Country PII Teams risk analysis help control dangerous conditions.
S&H SQ E
HMS PROCESS DOCUMENTATION
RISK ASSESSMENT
JSA HAZARD OBSERVATION
AUDIT PROCESS

Area PII Teams SITE SURVEY

CPI
S&H SQ E
PREVENTION IMPROVEMENT CORRECTION
NEAR MISS
Each year since 1997, Halliburton executive teams INCIDENT
INVESTIGATION W/
have set strategies and objectives then review, FEEDBACK
approve, and monitor region/country plans.
ROOTCAUSE W/
FEEDBACK
“0”
PRE/LEFTof ZERO INCIDENT FOCUS POST

Introduction 1-7
Objectives
Service Quality
• Perform at the highest levels and exceed customer 4.5

expectations 4

3.5

Safety and Health 3

• Establish visible evidence of leadership in all employees 2.5

2
• Eliminate fatalities
1.5

• Eliminate lost time and recordable injuries 1

• Eliminate vehicle accidents 0.5

0
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004
Environment
• Identify the top five high risk behaviors Halliburton Historical Recordable Incident Rates

• Achieve closure on outstanding assessment/audit issues

2.5
• Track incidents and prevent their recurrence
• Determine significance of our environmental inventory 2

• Manage our chemicals

1.5

Recognition 1
At the end of each year, the executive teams evaluate the
progress to plan and award Regions/Countries with the PII 0.5

President’s Award for exemplary accomplishment.

0
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

Results
Halliburton Historical Lost Time Incident Rates
Since the implementation of PII, thousands of employees
have been trained in HSE leadership, risk evaluation and
management, causal analysis and corrective action,
environmental awareness, process documentation, and
integrated HSE management. Annual employee surveys
show increasingly favorable views of the company’s HSE
values, and injury rates have been reduced by over 50%.

1-8 Introduction
Operational Safety
As with all Halliburton jobs and services, safety comes first.
Halliburton Perforating Solutions provides the inherent
safety of perforating with the well under full control.
Surface flow equipment is in place, the packers set, and
BOP stack closed.
Firing system designs do not include electrical detonators,
eliminating problems caused by stray electrical currents.
Azide-free boosters and an innovative connector system that
protects detonating cord and boosters enhances surface
safety. Halliburton firing systems require hydrostatic
pressure or the application of tubing or annulus pressure to
fire. In situations where a mechanical firing head is the only
choice, Halliburton requires its Detonation Interruption
Device to prevent accidental firing.
Safety and reliability are the building blocks of Halliburton's
Perforating Solutions's industry leading reputation. The
company designs its systems with safety as the foremost
consideration, using only top quality materials in the
construction of its equipment and following wellsite
procedures that help ensure safe operations and reliable
results. Halliburton uses non-electrical detonators,
bidirectional boosters, non-lead azide explosives, specialized
gun connection inserts, low shrink detonating cord, and
advanced firing head technology. Halliburton uses one of the
highest grades of steel in the industry to create guns and has
complete traceability of materials in all its equipment. The
company's long and extensive experience in completing oil
and gas wells has helped create an unparalleled record of safe,
reliable operations.
Explosive Safety and Security
Halliburton maintains an explosive safety program which
strives to deliver the following:
• Promote a culture that recognizes and identifies the
hazards associated with the handling, storage, and
transportation of explosives
• Provide guidelines and procedures for safe handling,
storage, transportation, and use of explosives
Introduction
• Maintain global uniformity in procedures followed by
Halliburton employees when using explosives
• Provide training to all employees on safety and security
while using, handling, storing, and transporting
explosives
• Maintain compliance with applicable governmental
regulations and HES policies
• Recognize best practices as established by industry
standards, guidelines, and recommended procedures
• Maintain limited access to secure storage of explosives
The industry organizations establishing standards include,
but are not limited to:
• Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME)
• American Petroleum Institute (API)
• National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
• Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms (BATF)
• U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT)
• International Marine Dangerous Goods (IMDG)
• International Air Transport Association (IATA)
• Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA)
Implementation of Halliburton's Performance
Improvement Initiative tools and processes combined with
perforating-specific HSE efforts has led to industry-leading
performance in the areas of Health, Safety, Environment,
and Service Quality.
1-9
1-10 Introduction
 PerfPro® Process
The Halliburton PerfPro® Process
Introduction

The Halliburton PerfPro® process takes a systematic
approach to delivering engineered perforating systems. The
process is based on extensive experimental work at
Halliburton's Perforation Flow Laboratory and includes
perforation flow modeling and damage assessment
performed with a fully three-dimensional finite-element
model. To deliver the highest possible completion
efficiency, the PerfPro process also utilizes experimental
testing, modeling, and field validation studies to optimize
perforation selection and execution.
The final step in a natural cased and perforated completion
requires a way to establish communication between the
reservoir and the wellbore to efficiently produce or inject
fluids. The most common method involves perforating
with shaped charge explosives to get through the casing
and cement sheath. Numerous perforating strategies are
available. These include choices of gun type, charge type,
shots per foot (spf), shot phasing, gun position, and degree
of under- or overbalanced pressure at the time of
perforating. Since perforating is typically the sole means of
establishing communication with the reservoir, it is
critically important that this aspect of the completion
receive the proper engineering focus.

Damaged Zone
Diameter
(Caused By Drilling)

Casing
Diameter

Casing
Cement Sheath

Crushed Zone Diameter

Perforation Diameter

Perforation
Spacing
(Dependent On
Shot Density)

Perforation
Length
(Cement To End
Of Perforation)
HAL15324

Entrance Hole
Diameter In
Casing

Phase Angle
Perforated Wellbore Geometry

PerfPro® Process 2-1

The Perforation Process
The shaped charge or jet perforator is the explosive
component that creates the perforation and uses the same
technology as armor-piercing weapons developed during
World War II. These shaped charges are simple devices,
containing as few as three components. However,
optimizing charge performance is not an easy matter due
to the physics of liner collapse and target penetration. The
extreme dynamic conditions that exist during collapse and
penetration involve calculation concerning elasticity,
plasticity, hydrodynamics, fracture mechanics, and
material characterization.
The process of liner collapse and jet formation begins with
detonating the base of the charge. A detonation wave sweeps
through the explosive, chemically releasing energy. High-
pressure gases at the detonation front measure approximately
3 to 5 million psi and impart momentum, forcing the liner to
collapse on itself along an axis of symmetry. Different
collapse and penetration characteristics will result depending
on the shape and material of the liner. If the liner geometry is
conical, a long, thin stretching jet will be formed. In this case,
the penetration of the jet into the target is relatively deep, and
the hole geometry is small.
2-2
If the liner is parabolic or hemispherical, a much more
massive, slower-moving jet will be formed, creating a shallow
penetration with a relatively large hole diameter. Because
liner design has a tremendous influence on the penetration
characteristics of a shaped charge, the shape of the liner is
used to categorize jet perforators as either deep-penetrating
(DP) or big hole (BH). Typical DP charges create hole
diameters between 0.2 and 0.5 in. with penetration depths in
concrete of up to several dozen inches. DP charges are
primarily used for perforating hard formations. BH charges
are generally used for perforating unconsolidated formations
that require some form of sand control. BH charges are
designed with hole diameters of between 0.6 and 1.5 in. to
facilitate placement of sand or proppants, and penetrations
are normally 8 in. or less.
Explosive
Case
HAL15325
Liner
Shaped Charge Perforator
PerfPro® Process
 Deep-Penetrating Sequence

1 Formation
2
Casing

Fluid Gap
Carrier Liner
Collapses
Conical to Form
Liner Jet

3 4
Jet
Penetrates
Carrier

Later Stages of Liner Slug

Collapse Produce
Slower-Moving Slug

5 Stretching Jet
Penetrates Formation
HAL12131

Big Hole Sequence

1 Formation

Casing
2
Fluid Gap

Carrier Liner
Collapse
Parabolic and
Liner Inversion

3 4 Jet
Expansion
Relatively Slowly
Slow-Moving Jet Stretching
Jet
Concentric of Slug
Material

5 Large Hole in
Casing

Small Hole in
Carrier
HAL12132

PerfPro® Process 2-3

Damaged Zones

During the jet penetration process, some damage occurs to that the permeability of the damaged zone can be 10 to 20%
the rock matrix surrounding the perforation tunnel. The of the surrounding formation (Bell et al., 1972). Accordingly,
altered area, called the damaged (crushed and compacted) it is very important to design the perforation event to
zone, results from high-impact pressures that occur during minimize this effect on well performance.
perforating. A damaged zone consists of crushed and
compacted grains forming a layer approximately 0.25 to
0.5 in. around the perforation tunnel (Asadi and Preston,
1994; Pucknell and Behrmann, 1991). Later work by Halleck
et al. (1992) shows that damaged zones are of nonuniform

HAL12001
HAL12000
thickness and decrease down the length of the perforation
tunnel. Some evidence suggests BH charges may cause
damaged zone layers that approach 1 in. around the Sand Grains Prior to Sand Grains After
perforation tunnel. In addition, laboratory studies indicate Perforating Event Perforating Event

Damaged
Permeability, from
Cement Drilling, Production Undamaged
or Injection kd Permeability, k
Casing

Open Perforation

Charge and Core Debris

Pulverization Zone
HAL15326

Grain Fracturing Zone

Compacted Zone
(With Damaged Permeability
from Perforating, kc)
Perforation-Damaged Zone

2-4 PerfPro® Process

Completion Types

The effectiveness of the communication path through the Skin Factor

cement and casing is critical to the completion and well
performance. Perforations should enhance well productivity
in several ways. They should create clear channels through
the portion of the formation damaged during the drilling
process. They should provide uniform tunnels for hydraulic
fracturing fluids and proppants and should make many large
uniform holes for sand control and hydrocarbon production.
Completions can be classified into four types: openhole,
natural, stimulated, and sand control. However, in every
case, the objective is to maximize production which, in turn,
can be modeled using the radial flow equation:
re
P e – P wf = ---------------------------- ln ⎛ ----- ⎞ + S
qμβ
7.08 × 10 kh
-3 ⎝ rw ⎠
The productivity index (PI), typically used to assess the
performance of a well over time, is derived from the
following radial flow equation:
-3
q 7.08 × 10 kh
PI = ---------------------- = -------------------------------------------
P e – P wf ⎛ re ⎞
μβ ln ⎜ ------ ⎟ + S
⎝ rw ⎠
The skin factor or S term is usually defined as a zone of
reduced (or higher) formation permeability near the
wellbore. Drilling and completing a well normally results in
reduced formation permeability around the wellbore. These
decreases in permeability can be caused by the invasion of
drilling fluid into the formation, the dispersion of clay, and
the presence of mudcake or cement. A similar effect can be
produced by reductions in the area of flow exposed to the
wellbore. Partial well penetration, limited perforating, or
plugging of perforations would also result in a damaged
formation response.
The skin factor can be used as a relative index to determine
the efficiency of drilling and completion practices. The factor
is positive for a damaged well, negative for a stimulated well,
and zero for an unchanged well.
The total skin factor summarizes the change in radial flow
geometry near the wellbore due to flow convergence,
wellbore damage, perforations, partial penetration, and
well deviation.
S t = S c + θ + S p + S d + ΣS i

Wellbore

Static Pressure

Pressure In Formation
Skin Or Zone
Of Altered
Permeability

p Pressure Drop Across Skin

Skin
HAL15327

Flowing Pressure

Pressure Distribution in a Reservoir with a Skin

PerfPro® Process 2-5

The term Sc+θ represents the effects caused by partial penetration and slant as described by Cinco-Ley et al. (1975). Skin
effects caused by partial penetration and slant are often significant and result from operational considerations, such as
drillsite location and avoidance of coning undesirable gas or water.

θ′d⎞ 2.06 θ′d 1.865 h tD

S
θ =
– ⎛⎝ -------
-
⎠
– ⎛ --------⎞
⎝ 56 ⎠
log ⎛ ---------⎞
10 ⎝ 100⎠
41

⎛ ht ⎞ KH
Where h tD = ⎜ ------⎟ --------
⎝ r w⎠ K V

-1 ⎛ K H ⎞
θ′ tan ⎜ -------- tanθd⎟
d = ⎝ KV ⎠

Where htD is formation thickness dimensionless, θd is well deviation (sum of the deviation and the true dip—the angle that
the wellbore makes with an imaginary normal to the zone), degrees, and θ ′d is adjusted well deviation, degrees.

⎛ ht ⎞ 0.825 ⎧ ⎛ KH ⎞ ⎛ K H⎞ ⎫
S c = 1.35 ⎜ ------ – 1⎟ ⎨ ln ⎜ h t -------- + 7⎟ – 0.49 + 0.1 ln ⎜ h --------
t ⎟ ln ( r wc ) – 1.95 ⎬
⎝ p ⎠
h ⎩ ⎝ K
V ⎠ ⎝ K
V⎠ ⎭

Where

⎛ Zm ⎞
r wc = ( r w )exp 0.2126 ⎜ -------- + 2.753⎟ for y > 0
⎝ t h ⎠

The term y is equal to the distance between the top of the sand and the top of the open interval, ft.

Zm = y + ( hp ⁄ 2 )

The term rwc is equal to the corrected wellbore radius, ft.

r wc = r w , y = 0

Zm Zm ⎛ Z m⎞
When -------- > 0.5 , replace -------- by ⎜ 1 – --------⎟
ht ht ⎝ ht ⎠

2-6 PerfPro® Process

The term Sd represents the effects of formation damage For perforations that extend past the damaged zone
attributed primarily to filtrate invasion during the drilling (Lp > rd), the amount of damaged skin can be
process. This filtrate invasion can reduce the productivity approximated by:
of an openhole completion and severely impair the
performance of the perforated completion, especially when (S ) = S – S ′
d p p p
the perforation tunnels terminate inside the damaged zone.
Karakas and Tariq (1988) quantified Sd for both openhole
and perforated well completions. They also developed a Here Sp' is the perforated skin evaluated at Lp', the modified
technique to calculate skin effect resulting from perforation length, and rw' is the modified radius. These
perforations based on phasing and perforation length. A parameters are given by:
calculation for perforation skin effect (Sd)p can be
K
L p ′ = L p – ⎛ 1 – ------⎞ r d
approximated by taking into account formation damage: s
⎝ K⎠
⎛ rs ⎞
= ⎛ ------ – 1⎞ ln ⎜ ------⎟ + S
K
( Sd )
p ⎝K ⎠ ⎝r ⎠ And
s w
Ks
r w ′ = r w – ⎛ 1 – ------⎞ r d
⎝ K⎠
= ( S d ) + ⎛ ------ – 1⎞ S p
K
o ⎝ K ⎠
s
In both cases, skin caused by the perforation, Sp, is expressed
This relationship is appropriate for perforations that by three distinct components: horizontal plane-flow effects,
terminate inside the damage zone (Lp < rd). The term rs Sh, wellbore effects, Swb, and the vertical converging effect, Sv.
represents the damaged zone radius and (Sd)o is the S p = S h + S wb + S v
equivalent openhole skin effect.

The term ΣSi includes pseudoskin factors such as phase and

rate-dependent effects. This term is less important to the
⎛ rs ⎞ total skin factor. Accordingly, the focus should be on
= ⎛ ------ – 1⎞ ln ⎜ ------⎟
K
( Sd ) understanding and controlling the other skin factors that
o ⎝K ⎠ ⎝r ⎠
s w influence well productivity.

A complete understanding of skin and its effect on

completion efficiency is vital to optimizing well productivity.

The Halliburton PerfPro® perforation analysis program was

developed to assist in this effort by analyzing these effects for
various gun systems.

hw = completion
thickness rw
rw
zw = elevation
O
hw h h hw

zw zw
HAL15328

Vertical Well Slanted Well

Inclined, Partially Completed, and Off-Centered Well Configuration

PerfPro® Process 2-7

Natural Completions
“Natural” completions can be defined as those wells with
sufficient reservoir permeability and formation competence
to produce economical hydrocarbon rates without
stimulation. With natural completions, effective
communication to the undamaged formation becomes
critical. The primary perforation factors are depth of
penetration, charge phasing, the effective shot density,
percentage of the productive interval that is perforated, and
degree of underbalance pressure. The perforation diameter is
generally unimportant if it is larger than 0.25 in.
Recent experiments at Halliburton's Perforation Flow
Laboratory highlight the importance of optimizing the
degree of underbalanced pressure. Perforation damage can
occur from perforating with overbalance, balance, and
underbalance. All three experiments were perforated under
the same test conditions with the same shaped charge, pore
pressure, and effective stress condition. The only variable in
the three experiments were the degree of underbalanced or
overbalanced pressure at ± 3,500 psi.
Deep Penetrating
HAL10997
HAL10999
HAL11001
Alignment of Perforation with Preferred Stress Plane
2-8
Overbalanced or balanced perforating has a significant
disadvantage. Well fluids injected into the core can
potentially damage the formation through fluid invasion
and plugged perforations. Because there is no perforation
cleanup, the results are larger positive skin values. In the
underbalanced experiment, the entire perforation tunnel
was effectively cleaned during the instantaneous surge and
subsequent flowback period. Whereas, with the balanced
and overbalanced experiments, the entire perforation
tunnel was not cleaned as efficiently, resulting in much
lower core flow efficiencies.
Note that all three cores were flowed and injected at the same
flow rates to simulate well cleanup during field conditions.
Underbalanced perforating creates negative differential
across the formation during the perforation, offering
significant benefits. Maximum perforation cleanup can be
applied to the entire perforation interval from the surge
effect with no fluid invasion into the reservoir.
Overbalanced
Balanced
Underbalanced
PerfPro® Process
Stimulated Completion
Stimulated completions are typically either hydraulically
fractured or acidized or a combination of the two. Hydraulic
fracturing is performed to increase the effective wellbore
radius, rw, and is usually performed in reservoirs with
extremely low permeabilities (k < 1 md). In hydraulic
fracturing, fluids and proppants are injected at high pressure
and rate (to alter the stress distribution in a formation) and
create a fracture or crack in the rock. The perforation
strategy can be critical to the success of a planned stimulation
treatment. In long intervals or multi-zone treatments, the
proppant or acid may cover only part of the interval or enter
only one zone because of permeability variations.
Limiting the number and diameter of perforations can
increase the pressure in the casing to a point where intervals
of lower stress may be fractured. This pre-fracture technique
is called “limited entry” perforating. The perforation
diameter and uniformity are important because they are the
limiting factor in creating pressure restrictions in the well
and providing a sealing surface for ball sealers if needed.
Completion success for stimulated wells is influenced by
three perforation effects: perforation erosion, perforation
bridging, and perforation phasing. The success of the
limited-entry technique depends on the differential pressure
across the perforation. Perforation erosion leads to loss of
differential pressure, improper placement of proppant or
acids, and a poor stimulation treatment. Obtaining the most
uniform perforation helps minimize this friction component
and fluid shearing.
HAL15337
Unoriented Perforation
PerfPro® Process
Perforation bridging reduces the effective shot density of the
completion and potentially causes early screenout of the
stimulation treatment. At proppant concentrations greater
than 6 lbm/gal, the perforation diameter should be six times
greater than that of the proppant diameter as suggested by
Gruesbeck and Collins (1978).
Perforation phasing has been studied in great detail, and its
importance to the successful placement of proppant is
recognized. Fractures preferably initiate and propagate in a
plane perpendicular to the minimum stress direction. If the
perforations are not aligned with the preferred stress plane,
fluids and proppants will travel through an annular path
around the casing to initiate or propagate the fracture plane.
This tortuous path may cause higher treating pressure,
premature screenout, and asymmetric penetration of the
fracture wings. The work by Hazim Abass et al., shows the
effects of not having the perforations aligned properly with
the preferred stress plane. Studies by Warpinski (1983) and
Daneshy (1973) indicate that if the perforations are not
within 30° of preferred stress plane, the fracture may initiate
on a plane different than the perforation.
To ensure success during stimulation when the preferred
stress plane is unknown, a 60° phased gun should be utilized
to minimize the perforation and stress plane offset. To fully
maximize stimulation performance, it is also important to
accurately define the near-wellbore stress field and orient the
perforations at 180°. Proper gun orientation maximizes
perforation to fracture flow communication and minimizes
breakdown pressures to initiate fracturing.
HAL15335
Oriented Perforation
2-9
Acidizing is a stimulation process used to repair formation
damage caused by the drilling or perforation process. Maximum particle concentration (vol/vol)
Injecting acids below fracturing rates allows the acid to
dissolve any plugging in the perforations or pore throats, 10 0 0.08 0.15 0.21 0.27 0.31 0.58

removing damage from the matrix rock. Perforation hole size

Average particle diameter

8 Tap Water
is less important since proppants are not normally utilized. If

Perforation diameter
100-cp HEC solution
a “ball-out” acid job is planned, specially designed shaped
charges or bullet perforators are desirable because they create 6
a uniform hole size with no burr on the casing. Bullet
perforators will improve the ability of the ball sealers to seal 4
on the casing wall. However, bullet perforators still create a
Bridging region
less than desirable slug or carrot that typically remains in the 2
perforation tunnel impairing well productivity.
0
Acid fracturing is usually performed on carbonate 0 2 4 6 8 10 30

HAL15329
formations to etch the surface of the hydraulically induced Maximum gravel content (lbm/gal)
fracture. The etched surface significantly improves the
effective wellbore radius, making the job less operationally Bridging of Particles in Perforations
complex because proppants are not required. The
disadvantages of acid fracturing are the expense of the fluids
Wellbore
and the non-uniform leakoff which results in “wormholes”
with potentially untreated formation intervals.

Channel to
fracture wings
Restriction
area
HAL15330

Perforation

Fracture Orientation to Perforation Not Within

10° to 30° of the Fracture Plane.

2-10 PerfPro® Process

Sand Control Completions
Sandstone formations that are not structurally competent
often produce sand along with formation fluids. Fluid
movement through the reservoir produces stress on the
sand grains because of fluid pressure differential, fluid
restrictions, and overburden pressure. If these stresses
exceed formation cohesive strength, sand is produced and
near-wellbore permeability is altered. Sand production can
lead to some undesirable results. These include the
plugging of perforations, casing, tubing or surface facilities;
casing collapse due to changing overburden stress; the
destruction of downhole and surface equipment; and costly
sand disposal.
In a natural completion, formation fluids entering the
perforation tunnels can flow unimpeded into the wellbore.
In the gravel packed completion, a series of filters is created
to hold back the formation sand while producing formation
fluids. Fluid flow entering the perforation tunnel of a gravel
packed well must flow linearly through the sand and gravel in
the perforation tunnel and inside the annulus of the well
before entering the gravel pack screen. The linear flow path is
only a few inches; however, the materials inside the flow path
have a tremendous impact on well productivity. Inflow
performance for a cased gravel-packed completion can be
expressed as follows:

-3 2
qβμ1 9.107 × 10 β ( qβ ) ρl
P wfs – P wf = ---------------------------------------------- + -------------------------------------------------------
-3 2
1.1271 × 10 kg A A

For a specific well, this simplifies to:

2
C1 q C2 q
P wfs – P wf = ------------- + -------------
Kg A 2
A

Typical Cased Hole Typical Cased Hole

Completion Gravel-Packed Completion

Cement Cement
Casing Casing
Production Production
Tubing Tubing

Packer Packer

Oil Perforations Perforations

Reservoir
Screen Gravel
2 in Formation Sand
40-Mesh Gravel Permeability
HAL15331

Permeability 500 md
27,500 md

Fluid Flow
Screen 3 bbl/D perforation
0.8 cp Oil

Tunnel Diameter Pressure Drop

0.4 in. 14.79 psi
0.7 in. 4.84 psi

Wellbore Cross-Section for a Natural Completion and a Cased Hole Gravel-Packed Completion

PerfPro® Process 2-11

The two key parameters to well
productivity (q) for a gravel packed
completion are the area open to flow
(A) and the permeability of the gravel
in the perforation tunnel (kg). The
area open to flow (A) is essentially the
number of perforations multiplied by
their respective cross-sectional flow
area. Gravel pack sand permeability is
typically many orders of magnitude
higher than the formation
permeability with values up to 40,000
darcies common.
The key perforating strategy for
gravel-packed completions is to make
sure that high permeability gravel
pack sand can be placed in the
perforation tunnel, which means
removing perforating debris and
crushed formation material.
Perforation damage when perforating
overbalanced and underbalanced with
big hole charges includes crushed sand
grains and liner debris that remain in
place with the balanced and
overbalanced test shots. Perforation
impact on the sand grains
surrounding the perforation tunnel
includes crushed sand grains or fines
that are generated. Insufficient
underbalanced pressure leads to
perforation damage that can adversely
affect injectivity and sand placement.
The greater the perforation density and
hole diameter, the smaller the pressure
drop through each perforation and the
slower the fluid velocity. This promotes
the creation of a stable arch around the
perforation and reduces the influx of
formation fines that can lead to screen
erosion or plugging of the gravel pack.
Perforation phasing is important to
maintain uniform flow patterns around
the wellbore, resulting in lower fluid
velocities and formation sand
movement. High shot density guns
(> 12 spf) with spiral phasings provide
optimum flow area and flow patterns
while maintaining casing integrity.
2-12
In some semi-consolidated formations,
it may be possible to complete the well
and manage sand production without
traditional screens in place. High shot
density perforating with deep
penetrating charges may be utilized to
maintain the stable arch and manage
sand production. Deep penetrating
charges provide greater depth of
penetration into undamaged formation
HAL10998
material while destroying a smaller
radius around the perforation tunnel.
Charge phasing is critical to maximize
Overbalanced Perforating with
the vertical distance between Big Hole Charge
perforations and maintain formation
integrity between perforations.
Restricting the flow of fluids is another
way to avoid collapse of the stable arch.
Another approach to managing sand
production is to orient perforations in
the direction of maximum principal
stress. Perforations oriented to
maximum principle stress result in
more stable perforation tunnels that are
less susceptible to collapse or sand
HAL11002
production. Selective perforating to
avoid weaker sand members along with
oriented perforating is an effective Underbalanced Perforating with
strategy to avoid gravel packing and the Big Hole Charge
potential for reduced well productivity.
In field operations in unconsolidated
sandstones, stable arch bridges occur at
the set producing rate. When the
producing rate is adjusted, sand
production may occur for a short
period of time until a different shaped
stable arch occurs.
PerfPro® Process
Underbalanced Perforating
Underbalanced perforating occurs when the pressure in the Oil
wellbore is lower than the pressure in the formation. The 1000
s
s sssss s
level of pressure differential is important to create open, l
ss s
ls
ss

FORMATION PERMEABILITY MD
undamaged perforations and optimize well productivity. 100 s
s
Overbalanced perforating without flow typically results in a l
s s s
l s s s
perforation tunnel with severe tunnel plugging due to 10
l s

l l l s
crushed formation material and charge debris. Overbalanced l s

perforating with cleanup flow reveals that typically most of 1

l

the charge debris is removed. However, a low permeability

l
zone due to perforation jets remains. The ideal
0.1 LEGEND
underbalanced example shows that all perforation damage Aciddid
ss Acid did not
not improve
improve production
production
l Acid did improve production
has been removed with the proper differential applied across
the perforation. 0.01
100 1000 10000
TOTAL UNDERBALANCE PSI
King et al. (1985) and others have published the results of a
large number of underbalanced perforating jobs in which Gas
initial well productivity was compared to subsequent well 1000

s
productivity after acidizing. ss s
FORMATION PERMEABILITY MD

100 l
Recent laboratory studies performed by Halliburton
suggest higher underbalanced pressures are required to s n Stuck Packer
10 l
achieve clean undamaged perforation tunnels. The work by l s sss
ss n Casing Collapse
l sss s s
Folse et al. (2001) shows that in addition to focusing on ll ll
l
l
l
underbalanced pressure as it is defined in our industry, 1 l ll
l l
s s
l
sl
l s
some consideration needs to be given to the so-called
“dynamic” underbalanced pressure. 0.1 LEGEND
s Acid did not improve production
s
l Acid did improve production
HAL15971

n Problems
Dynamic underbalanced pressure refers to the transient fluid
gradients on the millisecond time regime that occur due to 0.01
100 1000 10000
TOTAL UNDERBALANCE PSI
fluid movement or fill-up of the free gun volume or other
artificial surge chambers in the downhole assembly. A Overbalanced Perforation Before Flowing
Charge
perforation job pressure record from a high-speed recorder Cement Debris
samples pressures at 100,000 samples per second. Note that Casing Crushed and
even though this well was perforated with approximately compacted low-
permeability
3,300 psi overbalanced pressure, the minimum surge zone
pressure was 695 psi during the initial transient period Overbalanced Perforation After Flowing Part of low-
following detonation. permeability
zone still
exists
Perforation
partially
plugged with
charge debris
Ideal Underbalanced Perforation Immediately After Perforation
Low-permeability
zone and charge
debris expelled
HAL12140

by surge of
formation fluid

Underbalanced Perforating

PerfPro® Process 2-13

Experiments in Halliburton's Perforation Flow Laboratory
have verified that dynamic surge pressure is an actual event
that can be controlled in field applications. In some actual
experiments, the only variable that changed was free gun
volume with a subsequent effect on perforation tunnel
cleaning capability. Note that both cores were shot at
balanced perforating conditions with an effective stress of
3,000 psi. The core shot with the higher dynamic
underbalanced volume did not exhibit any perforation
plugging, resulting in a much higher core flow efficiency.
The goal is to achieve the highest underbalance pressure
that will yield optimum productivity without
compromising well integrity. The instantaneous
underbalance must be followed with continued sustained
flow of several gallons per perforation to further clean the
perforation and remove the crushed rock and other
materials that have been loosened. This critical point is well
documented in literature; however, on many jobs it is
overlooked due to operational constraints. These
constraints include how hydrocarbons are handled at the
surface, increased completion cycle time, complexity due
to well control operations, and the increased risk of
sticking perforation or wireline-conveyed guns due to
debris movement.

14000
12000 11,800 psi
10000
Pressure (psi)

8000 6,450 psi

6000
Guns fire 3,150 psi
4000
2000 695 psi Pore Pressure
0
7.50 7.70 7.90 8.10 8.30 8.50
HAL15334

Time (sec)

High-Speed Pressure Recorder Data

HAL15992
HAL15991

Berea test shot balanced with effective stress at 3,000 psi and Berea test shot balanced with effective stress at 3,000 psi and
dynamic volume at 308 cc. dynamic volume at 1,430 cc.

2-14 PerfPro® Process

Extreme Overbalanced Perforating
In many formations, the remaining
reservoir pressure or underbalance is
insufficient to effectively clean the
perforations as suggested by King et al.
(1985) and others. In other cases, where
formation competence is questionable
and the risk of sticking perforating
assemblies is greater, sufficient
underbalance pressure is not possible.
To address the perforation damage in
these cases, some (Handren et al. 1993,
Pettijohn and Couet, 1994; Snider and
Oriold, 1996) have suggested using
extreme overbalanced (EOB)
perforating, which is a near-wellbore
stimulation technique. EOB perforating
also provides perforation breakdown in
preparation for other stimulation
methods, and therefore, eliminates the
need for conventional perforation
breakdown methods.
The EOB technique involves pressuring
the wellbore with compressible gases
above relatively small volumes of liquid.
The gases have a high level of stored
PerfPro® Process
energy. Upon expansion at the instant of
gun detonation, the gases are used to
fracture the formation and divert fluids
to all intervals. The high flow rate Wellhead
through relatively narrow fractures in Isolation Tool
the formation is believed to enhance
near-well conductivity by extending the
fractures past any drilling formation
damage. Recently, Marathon Oil
Company incorporated proppant
carriers into the perforation assembly to Nitrogen
introduce proppants into the flow path
as the gun detonates. The
POWR*PERF SM process, patented by
300 ft of Fluid
Marathon Oil Company, further
enhances productivity by scouring the Radioactive
Collar
perforations to leave some residual
conductivity on the fracture plane.
Most EOB perforating jobs are
designed with a minimum pressure Packer
level of 1.4 psi/ft of true vertical depth.
For optimum results, it is suggested to
utilize the highest possible pressure
level without compromising wellbore
Tubing
integrity or operation safety.
Pressure-Operated
Venture Firing Head
Bauxite
Proppant
Carrier
VannGun® Assembly
HAL15314
Typical Extreme Overbalanced
(EOB) Perforating Assembly
2-15
Along with standard EOB perforating
with applied pressure from
compressible gases and proppant
carriers, propellant-assisted perforating
techniques are becoming more widely
accepted. The StimGun™ assembly,
patented by Marathon Oil Company,
combines solid propellant technology
with conventional perforating. The
StimGun assembly may be utilized for
either EOB or conventional
underbalanced perforating. The
hardware utilized for either system
remains the same aside from added
protection by using centralizer rings to
protect the brittle propellant material.
The propellant sleeve in the StimGun
assembly simply slides over the
perforation scalloped carrier and is
held in position on the gun with the
centralizer rings. The propellant
material is potassium perchlorate, an
oxidizer that burns rapidly, creating
carbon dioxide gas. As the shaped
PulsFrac™ Analysis Report Extreme Overbalanced (EOB/StimGun™ Job)
*PulsFrac is a trademark of John F. Schatz Research and Consulting, Inc.
2-16
charges detonate, the propellant is
ignited by extreme heat from the gun
system. As it burns, the propellant
RA Marker
generates carbon dioxide gas at high
peak pressures typically well above the
formation fracture gradient. The
Safety Joint
StimGun assembly is an effective
method for mild stimulation (fractures
on order of 2 to 9 ft) for treating near-
wellbore problems.
Retrievable
Packer
One of the benefits of licensing the
StimGun assembly technology is the
access gained to the proprietary design
called the PulsFrac™* program.
PulsFrac software package is utilized to
safely design EOB perforating or
propellant-assisted perforating jobs.
The PulsFrac software output indicates Fill Disk
anticipated peak pressure and the
degree of fracturing that can be
expected. PulsFrac software is a very
useful tool for screening candidate wells Firing Head
for types of EOB perforating techniques
and for identifying potential Centralizer
operational issues.
Fast Gauge
Recorder
HAL15977
StimGun™ Assembly
PerfPro® Process
ShockProSM Shockload Evaluation Service

Engineer Perforated Completions to Evaluate the • Pressure on surfaces

Mechanical Integrity of All System Components • Drag
Relying on old rules of thumb or utilizing standard
• Internal stress waves and reflections
mechanical configurations to cover all perforating cases can
lead to catastrophic results. To help avoid such potential • Gravity
disasters, Halliburton utilizes its proprietary ShockPro™ The time-marching finite differences technique is applied as
software package* to evaluate the mechanical risk factors of the numerical method for both fluids and solids. The
all well components to ensure that all aspects of HSE and software is compiled on a personal computer and typically
Service Quality are covered. executes in times of several minutes to several hours,
depending on complexity of job design. The following failure
Advanced System for Analyzing Every Completion or modes are accounted for in the numerical solution:
Reservoir’s Unique Characteristics
Halliburton’s ShockPro service determines the dynamic • Tubing burst / collapse
pressure behavior during the perforation event in addition to • Packer axial load / differential
the solid loading that is imparted to the tubulars, packers,
and other completion hardware in the perforating assembly. • Tubing axial buckling or bending
• Tubing compressive / tensile yield
Accuracy - Physics Based Numerical Modeling • Gun burst / collapse
Physics based numerical model accounts for fluid dynamics
• Gun compressive / tensile yield
and dynamic failure of solids by accounting for the following
forces: • Casing burst
• Sump packer / bridge plug axial load
• Wireline tensile yield / pull-out
HAL15037

HAL15038

Buckling / Collapse of Tubing Joint Below Retrievable Packer During Perforating Event

*Software programs used under license from John F. Schatz Research and Consulting, Inc.

PerfPro® Process 2-17

 HAL15039

ShockPro™ Software Graphic Display with Error Flags for Steps can then be taken to correct unusually high peak loads
Tubing Yield and Buckling Failure to manage job risk factors. The physics based model has been
This information is utilized to determine the peak pressure validated special high speed recorders that sense pressure,
applied to a packer, for instance the maximum tension or temperature, and acceleration at sampling frequency on the
compression on a joint of pipe or the differential pressure order of 115,000 samples per second.
applied to the packer. Once dynamic failure criteria have
been established, ShockPro software can be utilized to
examine whether or not potential problems may occur with a
given perforating assembly.

2-18 PerfPro® Process

SurgeProSM Service
Halliburton’s SurgePro™ perforating-design software
program* is robust and can be used for a large variety of
dynamic wellbore calculations. The sub-models contained in
the program are physics-driven and rely on measurable or
estimated actual input parameters, no curve fitting or back of
the envelop calculation.
As a result, the SurgePro program is ideal for predicting:
• Wellbore, perforation, and gun pressurizations
• Wave propagation—fluid injection/production
• Perforation behavior—perforation damage
• Completion integrity—burst/collapse and packer
differential
Accuracy—Physics Based Solution with Documented
Validation
The SurgePro program is based on a proprietary analysis
developed from:
• API Section IV perforation flow laboratory studies
• Time marching finite difference modeling
• High-speed pressure measurements
• Empirical field data
HAL15567
A typical screen capture from SurgePro™ software simulation; understanding and prediction of dynamic pressure
behavior becomes paramount when conventional underbalance techniques are not an option.
PerfPro® Process
Mass, momentum, and energy are conserved for each time
step. The solution is derived by using energy release
equations for the gun, simultaneous coupled finite-difference
solutions of the Navier-Stokes equations for wellbore,
perforation and fracture flow, and solid rock mechanics for
perforation breakdown.
Capability to Model a Wide Range of Wellbore Conditions
To fully represent dynamic wellbore behavior, the SurgePro
program takes into account a wide variety of factors:
• Thermodynamic mixing and multiple compressible fluid
types/phases
• Various energy sources, including perforating gun
ignition, and residual energy deposition (gun, well, and
perforation tunnel)
• Valves, pumping, and orifices
• Multiple diameter effects in the well including:
- Surface pressurization, pumping, and flow back
of fluids
- Flow into and breakdown of perforation tunnels
- Subsequent transient return flow from perforations
2-19
 HAL15568
Actual High Speed Field Pressure Measurement
Dynamic underbalance is created with the application of a
special fast opening surge vent assembly. Note the gauge
reading atmospheric pressure in the chamber prior to the
perforating event following a sustained minimum surge
pressure across the perforated interval of ± 1,000 psi for
0.5 seconds.
This minimum surge pressure across the formation results in
a dynamic underbalance 3,200 psi that can potentially
improve well productivity. The high speed gauge readings are
in good agreement with the theoretical prediction from the
physics based model. Hundreds of high-speed pressure
records have been collected under varying well conditions to
validate the modeling results generated.
HAL15570
HAL15569
Balanced
2-20
Identical sandstone targets perforated with the same 39 gram
shaped charge at the same reservoir pressure and effective
stress condition. The picture on left is perforated in a
balanced condition and the picture on the right is perforated
ideally with 3,000 psi underbalance pressure. The difference
in productivity or core flow efficiency in this case is on the
order of 82% by not completely cleaning up the perforation
tunnel with proper underbalance pressure or differential
surge flow. In cases where conventional underbalance
perforating is not applicable, it may be possible to apply the
SurgePro service to create a localized dynamic underbalance
pressure to overcome the perforation damage or skin factor
associated with balanced or overbalanced perforating
techniques while still maintaining well control.
*Software programs used under license from John F. Schatz Research and
Consulting, Inc.
Underbalanced
PerfPro® Process
Modeling and Evaluation

Halliburton's PerfPro® process is a systematic approach to
optimize well inflow performance by proper selection of the
gun system, charge type, shot density, phasing, conveyance
method, and well condition (overbalanced or underbalanced
pressure). PerfPro software is a web-based application that
analyzes the effects of downhole conditions on perforator
performance and productivity. The PerfPro program
performs calculations for charge performance (formation
penetration and perforation hole diameter) and well
productivity (productivity index and total skin). The PerfPro
workflow is designed to provide optimum perforating
conditions and prediction of gun system performance.

A
Start: Before you start
Open PerfPro
® Ensure that all web browsers are
closed before starting PerfPro.
Calculate
productivity index?
Change limits of
measurement
Yes

Configure reservoir No
Start a new job? No Open a job file information

Yes
Display results

Create a new job file

Configure a report

Configure general
information Save a job file

Configure completion Upload a job file

information to the web

Export a job file

Configure well information
to Well Evaluation Model

Configure Perforation Save a file to the post job

Penetration Model data collection
information
HAL15332

A End:
Exit PerfPro

PerfPro® Workflow

PerfPro® Process 2-21

Halliburton's PerfPro® charge performance calculations
for penetration are based on proprietary models derived
from theoretical and experimental studies carried out at Jet Casing
Research Center (JRC), a Halliburton Company. Gun
API RP-19B defines the procedure for evaluating gun Test
Specimen Water
system performance at surface conditions in unstressed Steel Form
concrete targets. A fully loaded gun system is perforated in
28-Day
actual casing surrounded by concrete, and the target Concrete
penetration, casing entrance hole, and burr height are
recorded. Halliburton's PerfPro program transforms

HAL15333
API RP-19B Section I surface test data to downhole
conditions by correcting for the formation compressive
strength and effective stress. The associated downhole
charge performance takes into account the gun API Section 1
Concrete Target
positioning, casing grade, wellbore fluid density, and
well condition.
HAL15393

PerfPro® Charge Performance Calculations

2-22 PerfPro® Process

The primary objective of the Halliburton PerfPro® process is
to optimize gun selection and job execution to deliver the
highest productivity index or lowest skin factor. Therefore,
after charge performance values are calculated, the PerfPro
program makes a productivity index and skin factor
assessment. The PerfPro process accounts for skin factors due
to perforation, drilling damage, partial penetration, non-
Darcy flow, and well deviation. A fully three-dimensional
(3D) flow model is utilized, as described by Ansah et al. 2001,
to characterize the skin component due to perforation
geometry. Input well parameters and calculated charge
performance values are linked to an artificial neural network,
trained by the 3D finite element model, to generate the
perforation skin component. The productivity index and
total skin factor are corrected, utilizing analytical
calculations for well inclination, partial penetration effect,
non-Darcy flow, and drilling damage effects.

CHARGE PERFORMANCE REPORT

General Data

Reservoir fluid type Oil Mid-Perforation Depth 3250.0 ft - TVD

Borehole Diameter 12.25 in Reservoir Pressure 1464.0 psi
Porosity 24.0 % Reservoir Temperature 112.0 °F
Permeability 1191.0 md Completion Fluid Type Diesel
Formation Compressive 3891.0 psi Completion Fluid Density 6.83 lb/gal
Strength
Drilling Damage Radius 3.0 in Lithology Sandstone

Completion Data

Casing Description 1
Outer Diameter 9.63 in
Inner Diameter 8.68 in PRODUCTIVITY REPORT
Grade N-80
Weight 47.0 lb/ft
Completion Data
Reservoir Fluid Type Oil Well Deviation @ Perfs 56.2 deg
Drainage Radius 1500.0 ft Net Sand Thickness 27.0 ft
Perforator Information Pseudo-Skin due to Well -0.697 Perforated Total Length 27.0 ft
Deviation
Gun 1 Gun 2 Gun 3
Charge Name 7" 4" 4-1/2" Distance To Top Perf Interval 0.0 ft
MILLENNIU MILLENNIU MILLENNIU Skin due to Partial Penetration 0.0
M M M
Charge Type DP SDP SDP
Charge Loading, gm 39.0 39.0 22.7 Reservoir Data
Phasing, deg 45.0 60.0 30.0 Permeability 1191.0 md Reservoir Pressure 1464.0 psi
Shot Density, spg 12 5 12 Anisotropic Ratio, kV/kH 0.2 Reservoir Temperature 112.0 °F
Gun Position Eccentered Eccentered Eccentered Formation Volume Factor 1.1 bbl/stb Porosity 24.0 %
Avg Formation Penetration, in 40.68 43.22 23.78 Formation Fluid Viscosity 4.36 cp API Gravity 32.6 °API
Avg Entrance Hole Dia*, in 0.36 0.29 0.28
API 5th Edition Section I
Data Perforator Information
Total Target Penetration, in 43.3 52.0 26.8 Gun 1 Gun 2 Gun 3
Entrance Hole Diameter, in 0.36 0.37 0.38 Charge Name 7" 4" 4-1/2"
MILLENNIU MILLENNIU MILLENNIU
M M M
Gun Position Eccentered Eccentered Eccentered
Shot Phasing, deg 45.0 60.0 30.0
Shot Density, spf 12 5 12
Avg Formation Penetration, in 40.68 43.22 23.78
Avg Entrance Hole Dia, in 0.36 0.29 0.28
Underbalance Condition, psi -350.0 -350.0 -500.0

Productivity Analysis
Total Skin Perforation Skin Productivity Index, STB/day/psi
Gun No. 1 -0.666 0.031 7.2
Gun No. 2 -0.158 0.539 6.682
Gun No. 3 0.319 1.016 6.261

PerfPro® Process 2-23

 Total Pressure Drop Vs Flow Rate
1600

1400

1200
Total Pressure Drop (psi) 1000

800

600

400

200

0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
HAL15390

Gun No.1 Gun No.2 Gun No.3

PerfPro® Graph Example

Pl and Total Skin Vs Gun

7.2 1.0

Total Skin
0.0

6.2 -1.0
Gun 1 Gun 2 Gun 3
Gun Number
HAL15389

PI
Total Skin

PerfPro® Graph Example

2-24 PerfPro® Process

The Halliburton Perforation Flow Laboratory Flow Path
(API RP-19B Section IV) After Perforation
Wellbore Wellbore
The petroleum industry often evaluates gun systems solely Chamber Pressure
on the results of an API RP-19B Section I test, choosing the Shaped Charge
gun system with the longest penetration in concrete or
largest hole diameter. Unfortunately, the shaped charge
Core Sample
manufacturers are well aware of this selection process and
design and optimize their shaped charges for peak
Overburden
performance in unstressed concrete. Basing the perforation Overburden
Pressure
selection on Section I test data can lead to inefficiency in the Pressure Vessel
shaped charge design process and in transforming surface
data to downhole conditions.

API RP-19B has provisions for a testing setup to evaluate

shaped charges at conditions as close as possible to downhole
conditions with Section IV testing. In the Perforation Flow

HAL15391
Laboratory, a formation core can be perforated with a single
shaped charge at reservoir pressure, effective stress, and a
given well condition (underbalanced or overbalanced). This Simplified Perforation Flow Facility Schematic
special testing apparatus allows each shaped charge to be
evaluated by perforating in actual formation material as
opposed to unstressed concrete. The core can be injected or
HAL10997

flowed into after perforating to characterize the degree of

perforation damage and cleanup as a function of the
perforating condition. Following the perforating flow study, Overbalanced
the core can be removed and the actual perforation geometry
(tunnel length, shape, and damage) measured.
HAL11001

Utilizing the Halliburton Perforation Flow Laboratory puts

the focus on completion efficiency as a function of the way
the perforation job will be executed at field conditions. This
Underbalanced
allows a more accurate way to assess perforator efficiency
than simply evaluating Section I penetration results. For
instance, a given charge may penetrate 2 in. deeper in a
Section I target; however, if the charge cannot be shot with
sufficient underbalance to effectively clean the perforation
tunnel, then the full potential of the given shaped charge may
never be realized. Core samples evaluated in the Perforation
Flow Laboratory under the same conditions of pore pressure,
effective stress, and charge type illustrate the importance of
an underbalanced condition. The only variable changed
between the two samples is the well condition. One sample
was shot balanced and shows perforation damage due to
plugging. The other sample shows that the entire perforation
tunnel is completely open to flow when sufficient
underbalanced pressure is applied.

PerfPro® Process 2-25

Post-Job Evaluation
The petroleum industry as a whole has begun to focus on
designing/executing perforating jobs to achieve optimum
completion efficiency. However, the validation of this
process is generally somewhat lacking. The Halliburton
PerfPro® process completely optimizes post-job
information to quantify well productivity, then gathers and
archives that information into the PerfPro database. This
HAL15392
Post-Job Database Example
2-26
allows Halliburton's deployed technical advisors to access a
global perforation database that directly links the method
by which we perform perforating services to completion
efficiency. This powerful tool allows Halliburton to offer
technically sound engineered perforating solutions with
empirical data to support the solution.
PerfPro® Process
Bibliography

1. Asadi, M. and Preston, F.W.: “Characterization of the Jet Perforation Crushed Zone by SEM and Image Analysis,” SPEFE
(June 1994) 135-139.

2. Pucknell, J.K., and Behrmann, L.A.: “An Investigation of the Damaged Zone Created Perforating,” paper SPE 22811,
1991.

3. Halleck, P.M., Atwood, D.C., and Black, A.D.: “X-Ray CT Observations of Flow Distribution in a Shaped-Charge
Perforation,” paper SPE 24771, 1992.

4. Bell, W.T., Brieger, E.F., and Harrigan Jr., J.W.: “Laboratory Flow Characteristics of Gun Perforations,” JPT (Sept. 1972)
1095-1103.

5. Cinco-Ley, H., Ramey Jr., H.J., and Millar, F.G.: “Pseudoskin Factors for Partially Penetrating Directionally Drilled
Wells,” paper SPE 5589, 1975.

6. Karakas, M., and Tariq, S.M.: “Semianalytical Productivity Models for Perforated Completions,” paper SPE 18247, 1988.

7. Gruesbeck, C. and Collins, R.E.: “Particle Transport Through Perforations,” paper SPE 8006, 1978.

8. Abass, H.H. et al: “Oriented Perforation - A Rock Mechanics View,” paper SPE 28555, 1994.

9. Warpinski, N.R.: “Investigation of the Accuracy and Reliability of In-Situ Stress Measurements Using Hydraulic
Fracturing in Perforated Cased Holes,” Proceedings - Symposium on Rock Mechanics (1983) 24, 773-786.

10. Daneshy, A.A.: “Experimental Investigations of Hydraulic Fracturing Through Perforations,” Journal of Petroleum
Technology (October 1973) 25, 1201-1206.

11. King, G.E., Anderson, A. and Bingham, M.: “A Field Study of Underbalance Pressures Necessary to Obtain Clean
Perforations Using Tubing-Conveyed Perforating,” paper 14321, 1985.

12. Folse, K., Allin, M., Chow, C. and Hardesty, J.: “Perforating System Selection for Optimum Well Inflow Performance,”
SPE paper 73762, 2002.

13. Handren, P.J., Jupp, T.B., and Dees, J.M.: “Overbalance Perforation and Stimulation Method for Wells,” paper SPE
26515, 1993.

14. Pettijohn, L., and Couet, B.: “Modeling of Fracture Propagation During Overbalanced Perforating,” paper SPE 28560,
1994.

15. Snider, P.M., and Oriold, F.D.: “Extreme Overbalance Stimulations using TCP Proppant Carriers,” World Oil
(Nov. 1996) 41-48.

16. Ansah, J., Proett, M., and Soliman, M.Y.: “Advances in Well Completion Design: A New 3D Finite-Element Wellbore
Inflow Model for Optimizing Performance of Perforated Completions,” paper SPE 73760, 2002.

PerfPro® Process 2-27

2-28 PerfPro® Process

Installation Examples
Single-Zone Completions (page 3)
Single-zone completions help minimize perforating costs
while maximizing potential. This section describes typical
single-zone completions as well as perforating below a
permanent packer and how each component of the
completion functions to provide quality, cost-efficient
solutions.
Horizontal Completions (page 6)
Horizontal completions allow for perforating of long
horizontal intervals, which maximizes the productive
potential of these completions at the same cost as single-
trip perforating. In addition, by combining orienting fins,
swivels, and low-side VannGun® assemblies, shots can be
oriented toward fracture planes or other needed areas
of completions.
Automatic-Release Gun Hangers (page 8)
Automatic-release gun hangers (ARGH) allow perforating
and testing of a zone without downhole restrictions. The
perforating assembly can be positioned and retained
adjacent to the desired interval. The drillpipe or tubing is
then removed. Once surface equipment is installed, guns
are automatically detonated and released in the bottom of
the well.
Single-Trip Perforating and Testing (page 13)
Single-trip strings combine the benefits of tubing conveyed
perforating and advanced testing technology to save rig time.
Sophisticated, accurate Halliburton data collection
technology provides the information necessary to evaluate
formation potential.
Multizone Perforating and Testing (page 14)
Multizone completions include dual completions and
selective completions. Halliburton dual completions help
maintain maximum underbalance and reduce costs while
enhancing flexibility. When combining a Y-block with
Halliburton sliding sleeves, multiple zones can be perforated,
tested, and selectively produced through a single string.
With piggy back multizone completions, it is possible to
perforate and test the lower zone, and then perforate the
upper zone, commingling flow from both zones for the
second test—all in a single trip.
Special Applications
Installation Examples
Installation Examples
Annulus-Fired Systems (page 17)
Annulus-fired systems are ideal for situations when nitrogen
is unavailable or too costly. Tubing runs in dry or with a
minimal fluid pad. Annulus-fired systems let you fire the
guns without pressuring the tubing—maintaining maximum
underbalance.
Modular Gun System (page 19)
The modular gun system brings tubing conveyed
perforating advantages to monobore completions without
creating flow restrictions. It also eliminates the need and
cost for tubing between guns and the packer.
Enhanced Overbalanced Perforating Solutions
(page 20)
These completions include POWR*PERF™, PerfStim™,
StimTube™, and StimGun™ systems. Each increases
productivity by incorporating different perforating
techniques.
Sand Control Solutions (page 22)
Sand control techniques include Shoot and Pull, STTP™-GH
Single-Trip Perf/Pack, screenless FracPacSM, and PerfConSM
processes. All provide innovative, cost-efficient solutions.
Perforate and Squeeze (page 25)
The perforate and squeeze method utilizes single-trip block
squeeze (DrillGun™ system), which cuts rig time and kill-
fluid costs by using a single-trip procedure.
Select Fire™ Systems (page 26)
Select Fire™ systems utilize dual and multiple zone
perforating and testing. These methods offer unprecedented
flexibility including the ability to test two zones in one trip;
isolating two zones for selective testing and perforating; and
selective testing and perforating of an unlimited number
of zones.
POWR*PERF, a process of Marathon Oil Company, is licensed by
Halliburton. POWR*PERF is a service mark/trademark of Marathon Oil
Company and licensed by Halliburton.
StimTube™ and StimGun™ are trademarks of Marathon Oil Company
and are licensed to Halliburton by Marathon.
PerfStim™ is a trademark of Oryx Energy Company.
Patented by Oryx and licensed by Halliburton.
3-11
Live Well Perforating (page 29)
Live well perforating utilizes ratchet connectors or
AutoLatch™/release gun connectors. The ratchet connector
is conducive to snubbing into live wells much faster without
a drilling rig. The AutoLatch connector combines coiled
tubing economies with perforating benefits.
The isolation sub-assembly is a more economical tool which
may be utilized on wells with lower surface pressures.
Coiled Tubing Perforating (page 34)
Coiled tubing is another method used in the industry to
deploy perforating guns into a well. The firing mechanisms
used to detonate the guns are hydraulically operated. The
firing heads are the ball drop actuator firing head, which is
also available with a swivel; and pressure-actuated firing
heads such as TDF, model K, KV-II, etc.

Downhole Pump Completions (page 33)

Rod pump completions offer the advantages of
underbalanced perforating in rod-pumped wells and are able
to keep fluids away from sensitive formations.

2
Special
3-2 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples2
Single-Zone Completions

Closed System Open System

Single-zone completions help minimize perforating costs
while maximizing potential. This string runs in virtually dry
to create maximum underbalance without swabbing or
nitrogen blow-down costs. Redundant firing heads minimize
delays caused by firing problems.
Replacing a vent with the ported balanced isolation tool
(BIT) provides for underbalanced perforating and replaces
the fill disk and perforated sub.
The BIT’s design separates the clean fluid below it from the
kill fluids above it. It runs in with the ports open, allowing
circulation at any point. Once the guns are positioned,
circulation removes debris from the tool’s glass disk. Before
firing, swabbing or displacing fluids with nitrogen provides
for an underbalance.

Radioactive Sub
Radioactive Sub

Retrievable
Packer

Retrievable
Packer

Profile
Nipple

Balanced
Isolation Tool
Maximum Differential
Bar Vent
Tubing Release
Model II-D or
Model III-D
Pressure-Assisted
Firing Head
Mechanical Automatic Release
Firing Head
Detonation
Interruption Device
VannGun Assembly
®
VannGun Assembly
HAL15401

HAL8145

Time-Delay
Firing Head

Single-Zone Single-Zone
Closed System Open System

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-33
With Circulation Valve With Pressure-Operated Tools
To limit underbalance pressures, the Vann™ circulating valve Halliburton developed this string of pressure-operated tools
runs in open but closes automatically when a predetermined when the use of wireline is not feasible.
pressure is reached.

Radioactive Sub
Tubing Joint

Retrievable
Packer Hydraulic Packer

Vann™ Profile Nipple

Circulating Valve
Bar Pressure
Vent
Pressure-Operated
Tubing Release
Model II-D or Model III-D
Pressure-Assisted Pressure-Operated Vent
Firing Head

VannGun® Assembly
Circulating Valve
Model II-D or Model III-D
Pressure-Assisted
Time-Delay Firing Head Firing Head
VannGun® Assembly
HAL15402
HAL5869

Time Delay
Firing Head

Vann™ Circulating Valve Pressure-Operated Tools

4
Special
3-4 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples4
Perforating Below a Permanent Packer
Guns Sting Through Packer Guns Run With Packer

Perforating charge explosives deteriorate rapidly at high
downhole temperatures. (See the Time vs. Temperature
chart in Section 4.) Running and setting a large-bore
packer on wireline, then stinging the perforating string
through it minimizes the charges’ exposure to high
temperatures. Once the perforating string is spaced out,
circulating mud and heavy fluids out of the tubing string
establishes underbalance.
This design offers another advantage. If required, the guns
can be retrieved without drilling out the packer.
Running VannGun® assemblies with the permanent packer
eliminates the packer bore restrictions on gun size. This
allows larger guns to be run. The packer and guns are run
in on drillpipe, tubing, or wireline.
String design places the VannGun assemblies across the
interval to be perforated when the packer is set. After
displacing mud and heavy fluids out of the tubing to create
the underbalance, the tubing seal is stung into the packer
and the guns fired.

Permanent Packer

Permanent Packer
with Sealbore Extension

Profile Nipple

Balanced Isolation
Tool
Mechanical
Balanced Isolation Tubing Release
Tool (Optional)
Mechanical Tubing
Release (optional)

Model II-D or Model III-D Model II-D or Model III-D

Pressure-Assisted Pressure-Assisted
Firing Head Firing Head

VannGun® Assembly VannGun® Assembly

Time-Delay Firing Head Time-Delay Firing Head

HAL11799
HAL8147

Guns Sting Through Packer Guns Run With Packer

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-55
Horizontal Completions

This string perforates extremely long horizontal intervals,
maximizing the productive potential of horizontal
completions while providing the economies of single-
trip perforating.
Typically, the string incorporates short, but widely separated
gun sections. Using pressure-actuated Halliburton time-
delay firing heads on each gun eliminates misfires caused by
the breaks that so frequently occur in long firing trains. Since
the guns fire virtually simultaneously, all intervals are
perforated and underbalanced.
Explosive Transfer Swivel Sub
The explosive transfer swivel sub was designed to allow two
sections of guns to rotate independently of one another. This
independent rotation is important on long strings of guns in
horizontal wells when it is necessary to orient them in a
specific direction. It is easier to orient several short sections
of guns than one long gun section.
This swivel sub can be run as a connector between two guns
to allow them to rotate independently without breaking the
explosive train. In other words, this sub passes on the
explosive transfer to the next gun.

Retrievable Packer
HAL15994

Ported Time-Delay VannGun®

Nipple Firing Head Tubing Spacers
Assembly

Horizontal Completion

Retrievable Packer
(Optional)
HAL10507

Ported Nipple ®
Orienting Subs VannGun Ported Nipple
and Time-Delay Firer
Assembly and Time-Delay Firer

Tubing Swivel Explosive Transfer

Swivel Subs
Swivel Sub Installation

6
Special
3-6 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples6
G-Force® Precision Oriented Perforating System
The combination of orienting fins, swivels, and low-side orientation. This system features an internal orienting
VannGun® assemblies keep shots oriented toward fracture charge tube assembly and gun carrier, which allows
planes or other areas of interest in horizontal completions. perforating in any direction, irrespective of the gun's
position relative to the casing.
The recent introduction of the G-Force® internal orienting
system allows very accurate gravity based charge

Annulus Pressure
Crossover

Retrievable Packer
HAL15396

Pressure-Operated
Vent
Time-Delay G-Force® Time-Delay
Fill Disk Firing Head System Firing Head

G-Force® System

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-77
Automatic-Release Gun Hangers

For high volume testing and production, the automatic-

release gun hanger (ARGH) allows perforating and testing of
a zone without imposing downhole restrictions. The
perforating assembly can be positioned and retained adjacent
to the desired interval. The drillpipe or tubing is then
removed. After all surface equipment is installed, the guns Retrievable
are detonated and then released automatically into the Packer
bottom of the well.

ARGH Completion Below a Retrievable Packer

On-Off
When using an ARGH completion below a retrievable Tool
packer, the completion uses the maximum desired
underbalance. Modular design allows for the use of less
VannGun®
make-up space. Additional perforations may be added Assembly
through the tubing at a later date. Other benefits include no
tubing required between guns and packer, no wireline work
required to drop the assembly, and no restrictions left in
casing below the packer.

ARGH
Set

ARGH
Release
HAL15413

ARGH Completion Below a Retrievable Packer

8
Special
3-8 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples8
ARGH Completion Below a Permanent Packer
When using an ARGH completion below a permanent
packer, the permanent packer sets on wireline, while the
ARGH and guns are run on the workstring. Other benefits
include less risk of presetting the packer, and lower pressure Permanent
needed to fire guns since setting the packer requires no Packer
pressure. One of the main benefits of using the ARGH
completion below a permanent packer is that the production
tubing is run and tested independently of other tools.

On-Off
Tool
®
VannGun
Assembly

ARGH
Set
ARGH
Release
HAL15414

ARGH Completion Below a Permanent Packer

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-99
Monobore Completion Below a Permanent Packer
When using a monobore completion below a permanent
packer, production tubing and a permanent packer are
installed before running the ARGH assembly. This allows
retrieval and replacement of the perforating assembly
without tripping expensive production tubing. Remedial Permanent
work can be performed without pulling production Packer
equipment. Other benefits include having the guns on
bottom for a shorter period of time, and the use of lower
firing pressures since production equipment is tested prior
to installing guns in the well.

On-Off
Tool
VannGun®
Assembly

ARGH
Set

ARGH
Release
HAL15415

Monobore Completion Below a Permanent Packer

10
Special
3-10 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
10
Monobore Completion Below a Polished Bore Receptacle
When using a monobore completion below a polished bore
receptacle (PBR), production tubing and seal assembly are
installed in the PBR and tested before running the ARGH
and guns. The full ID of the liner and production tubing can
be used for fluid flow, while the sealbore of the PBR is
protected from any damage that might occur. Other benefits
include having the guns on bottom a shorter period of time.
Polished Bore
Receptacle

On-Off
Tool
VannGun®
Assembly

ARGH
Set

ARGH
HAL15416

Release

Monobore Completion Below a Polished Bore

Receptacle

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-11
11
ARGH Completion Below an Electric Submersible Pump
The ARGH completion below an electric submersible pump
(ESP), allows the well to be perforated underbalanced, while
continuing production via the ESP. No tubing is required
below the pump, and since the guns are not connected with
the tubing, they do not transmit any mechanical shock. Even
in wells with casing too small to run a tubing string along the Electric Submersible
ESP, all benefits of TCP are provided. Pump

On-Off
Tool
®
VannGun
Assembly

ARGH
Set

ARGH
Release
HAL15417

ARGH Completion Below an Electric Submersible Pump

12
Special
3-12 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
12
Single-Trip Perforating and Testing

These one-trip strings combine the benefits of Halliburton
tubing conveyed perforating and advanced Halliburton
testing technology that save rig time. Perforating
underbalanced removes damage that can adversely impact
data accuracy and production. Sophisticated, accurate
Halliburton data collection technology provides the
information needed to evaluate the formation’s potential.
Halliburton one-step procedures incorporate redundant
well control systems—surface control equipment in place,
Halliburton downhole safety valves, and tester valves. This
schematic illustrates tools typically used in single-zone,
one-step perforate and test procedures. Well conditions,
economics, and testing objectives determine the specific
tools used.
All tools are pressure-operated, eliminating the rig-time costs
involved in calling out and running wireline equipment. The
annulus pressure firing head provides the benefits of tubing
conveyed perforating in situations when heavy muds or
regulations preclude the use of drop bars.

Slip Joints
OMNI™ Valve
®
BIG JOHN Jars
Radioactive Sub Safety Joint
OMNI™ Circulating Valve
Annulus Pressure
Sampler Transfer Reservoir
Packer
Select Tester® Valve
Gauge Carrier and
HMR Gauges
Bypass
Safety Joint
CHAMP® IV Retrievable
Packer Circulating Valve
Gauge Carrier and
Pressure-Operated
HMR Gauges
Vent
Vertical and Radial Pressure Transfer
Shock Absorbers Control Line
Perforated Tailpipe

Balanced Isolation Tool Annulus Pressure Firing

Tubing Release Head with Extended
Mechanical Firing Head
®
VannGun Assembly
Firing Head
®
VannGun Assembly
HAL15978

HAL15979

Collet Assembly
Time-Delay Firing Head

Single-Trip Perforating and Testing

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-13
13
Multizone Perforating and Testing

Piggy Back Multizone Completion

With this system, it is possible to perforate and test the
lower zone, and then perforate the upper zone,
commingling flow from both zones for the second test—all Retrievable Packer
in a single trip. The upper zone can be evaluated by
comparing data from the two tests.

Balanced Isolation
Tool

Mechanical Tubing
Release
Model II-D or Model III-D
Pressure-Assisted
Firing Head

VannGun® Assembly

Time-Delay Firing Head

VannGun Assembly
HAL15394

Piggy Back Multizone Completion

14
Special
3-14 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
14
Dual-String Completion
This typical dual-zone Halliburton VannSystem®
configuration maintains maximum underbalance when each
zone is perforated. Well conditions, economics, and your
preferences determine the actual configuration. In some
situations, the bottom packer can be run and set on wireline,
and then both strings run simultaneously.
Dual String with Y-Block
The Halliburton Y-block provides the flexibility to
perforate widely separated intervals without the cost of gun
spacers and long detonating cord runs. Drilling fluids in
the short string are displaced by lighter fluids or nitrogen to
provide underbalance.

Usually the long string is run first, the packer set and tested,
and the VannGun® assemblies fired. After clean up, a plug
is set in the packer, the tubing pulled, and the dual packer
and string run, set, and tested prior to perforating the
upper zone.

Retrievable Retrievable
Hydraulic-Set Dual Packer
Dual Packer
Profile Nipple
Balanced Isolation Tool Halliburton Y-Block

Model II or Model III

Assist Firing Head or Time-Delay Firing Head
Pressure-Actuated
Firing Head Dual Phase VannGun
®

Dual Phase VannGun® Assembly Assembly

Time-Delay Firing Head
Gun Guide
Gun Guides
Time-Delay Firing Head

Halliburton Y-Block

Time-Delay Firing Head

Profile Nipple Dual Phase VannGun

Bar Pressure Vent Assembly

Model II-D Firing Head Gun Guide

Automatic Tubing Release Time-Delay Firing Head
VannGun Assembly
HAL5873

HAL5875

Retrievable Packer

Dual Completion Halliburton Y-Block

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-15
15
 Single-String Selective Completion
Combining the Vann™ Y-block with Halliburton sliding
sleeves allows multiple zones to be perforated, tested, and
selectively produced through a single string. While the
diagram shows a typical completion, the tools can be used to
complete multiple zones.
Side Pocket Mandrel
The side pocket mandrel firing head (SPMFH) is designed
for well conditions that preclude the use of a pressure-
actuated firing head run with a Y-block. The side pocket
mandrel firing system is used on single-string, multizone
completions, and standard dual completions. A modified
model III-D mechanical firing head is attached to the short
string side of a side pocket mandrel. The firing head is
detonated with a kickover tool run on slickline.

Retrievable Packer Dual Retrievable

Packer

Sliding Sleeve
Sliding Sleeve
Side Pocket
Mandrel
Y-Block Model II-D or III-D
Firing Head

Dual Phase VannGun®

Assembly
Retrievable
Time-Delay Packer
Firing Head

Sliding Sleeve
Hydraulic-Set Packer Y-Block
Time-Delay
Firing Head
Dual Phase
Profile Nipple VannGun Assembly
Fill Disk
Permanent
Tubing Release Packer Profile Nipple

Profile Nipple
Model II-D or Model III-D
Pressure-Assisted Fill Disk Kickover
Firing Head Tool
Profile Nipple
Model
VannGun Assembly
III-D
Firing Head Model II-D or III-D
HAL15406

HAL8143

Firing Head
Time-Delay
Firing Head
Single-String Side Pocket Mandrel
Selective Completions

16
Special
3-16 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
16
Annulus-Fired Systems

Annulus Pressure Firer-Control Line Slimhole Annulus Pressure Firer-

This string maximizes underbalance pressures—ideal for
situations when nitrogen is unavailable or too costly.
Tubing runs in dry or with a minimal fluid pad. Annulus
pressure firer-control line (APF-C) tools let you fire the
guns without pressuring tubing—maintaining
maximum underbalance.
Internal Control
The operation of the slimhole annulus pressure firer-
internal control (APF-IC) system depends on the transfer of
annular pressure through the packer down to the APF-IC
firing head. This is accomplished through the use of
concentric tubing, which eliminates the need for external
control line.

OMNI™ Valve
®
BIG JOHN Jar
®
BIG JOHN Jar
Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir
Safety Joint Safety Joint
Annulus Pressure
Transfer Reservoir
Packer
CHAMP® Packer

Fill Disk
Flow Ports

Pressure Transfer Control Line

APF-IC Firing Head
Annulus Pressure Firing with Model II-D or
Head with Extended Mechanical Model III-D Firing Head
Firing Head
®
® VannGun Assembly
VannGun Assembly
HAL15403
HAL5883

Collet Assembly Collet Assembly

Annulus Pressure Slimhole Annulus Pressure

Firer-Control Line (APF-C) Firer-Internal Control (APF-IC)

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-17
17
Annulus Pressure Crossover Assembly
The annulus pressure crossover assembly (APCA) allows the
use of annulus pressure to actuate any one of several firing
Annulus Pressure
heads. This assembly is compatible with retrievable packers
Crossover Assembly
of all types and sizes.

The APCA creates a pressure chamber above the firing head

that is equalized with the pressure in the casing annulus.
Once the packer has been set, the pressure on the annulus
can be increased to actuate a pressure-actuated firing head.
The pressures in the annulus and the tubing can also be
manipulated to create the differential pressure necessary to
actuate a differential-type firing head. Packer

Ported Sealing Sub

Time-Delay
Firing Head

VannGun® Assembly
HAL10535

Annulus Pressure Crossover

Assembly

18
Special
3-18 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
18
Modular Gun System

The Halliburton modular gun system brings tubing conveyed

perforating advantages to monobore completions—without
creating flow restrictions.

The system also eliminates the need for—and the cost of—
tubing between the guns and packer in conventional
completions.

The automatic-release gun hanger is set, then VannGun®

Running/Releasing Tool
assemblies with modular gun connectors attached are run in
on wireline and stacked. Surface equipment is installed and
tested. Then the guns are fired—causing the automatic- Running Stinger
release gun hanger to release and fall into the rathole with all
Slickline Deployed
perforating tools, or the expended guns can be removed on Mechanical Firing Head
wireline. or Time-Delay Firing Head
Centralizers
®
VannGun Assembly

Modular Gun Skirt

Shooting Stinger

VannGun Assembly

Modular Gun Skirt

Shooting Stinger
VannGun Assembly

Shooting Stinger

Automatic Release
Gun Hanger
HAL5907

Modular Gun System

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-19
19
Enhanced Overbalanced Perforating Solutions

POWR*PERFSM Process PerfStim™ System

The POWR*PERFSM process uses bauxite to mechanically
scour perforations, aiding in damage removal. The system
also produces information that can improve stimulation
treatment design.
POWR*PERF, a process of Marathon Oil Company, is licensed by
Halliburton. POWR*PERF is a service mark/trademark of Marathon Oil
Company and licensed by Halliburton.
The PerfStim™ system, an extreme overbalanced perforating
system, not only produces cleaner perforations in low-
pressure formations, it also initiates fractures in the
formation, reducing stimulation costs.
The extreme overbalance—a pressure gradient of at least
1.4 psi/ft (31Kpa/m)—creates a high-pressure surge at the
instant of perforation, driving a fluid spear into the
formation. The spear removes crush zone damage and
initiates fractures in the formation, often creating negative
skin factors.
PerfStim™ is a trademark of Oryx Energy Company.
Patented by Oryx and licensed by Halliburton.

Wellhead Isolation Tool

Nitrogen

Nitrogen Fluid Column

Radioactive Collar
Fluid Column
Radioactive Collar

® ®
CHAMP IV Packer CHAMP IV Packer

Tubing
Tubing

Model KV-II Firing Head

Vann™ Model KV-II

Firing Head
Proppant Carrier
with Punch Charges
VannGun® Assembly

VannGun® Assembly
HAL15387
HAL15314

POWR*PERFSM Process PerfStim™ System

20
Special
3-20 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
20
StimTube™ System
The StimTube™ system creates a surge of high-pressure gas
at the formation face that cleans up damage, initiates
fractures, and removes emulsion blocks from existing
perforations. Typical applications include stimulating thin
zones with nearby gas or water and selectively stimulating
multiple zones without running and setting packers for
each zone.
The service can be used in cased holes after perforations have
been shot or in openhole. The tool runs on standard
Halliburton tubing conveyed perforating strings or wireline.
StimTube is a trademark of Marathon Oil Company.
StimGun™ Tool
The StimGun™ tool generates large volumes of high-
pressure gas the instant the guns fire. The gas enters the
perforations, breaks through crush-zone damage, and
enters and fractures the formation. The system produces
cleaner perforations, lowers hydraulic fracturing costs, and
improves production.
Slipping a propellant sleeve over a conventional VannGun®
assembly before it is run creates the StimGun tool. The
pressure and shock wave created when the perforating
charges fire ignites the sleeve.
StimGun is a trademark of Marathon Oil Company.

Radioactive Radioactive Mark

Collar

On/Off Connector Safety Joint

PLS Packer Retrievable

Packer

Vent
Fill Disk

Firing Head Firing Head

StimTube™ System Centralizer

Propellant
Sleeve
over VannGun®
Assembly
Fast Gauge Fast Gauge
Recorder Recorder
HAL15405
HAL15408

StimTube™ System StimGun™ Tool

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-21
21
Sand Control Solutions

Shoot and Pull

Halliburton’s shoot and pull controls underbalance while
limiting sand production and surging perforations.
PR Fas-Fil Valve
After perforating, the string is pulled from the well.
Halliburton’s annulus pressure operated OMNI™ valve
RD Valve
provides for reversing out produced fluids, spotting a fluid
loss pill across the perforated interval, and circulating the Bundler Carrier with
kill fluid without requiring tubing movement. Electronic Gauge
BIG JOHN® Jar

RTTS Safety Joint

®
CHAMP Retrievable Packer

Bar Pressure Vent

Model II-D or III-D Pressure

Assisted Firing Head
®
VannGun Assembly

Collet Assembly

Sump Packer
HAL15407

Shoot and Pull

22
Special
3-22 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
22
STPP™-GH Single-Trip Perf/Pack System
The STPP™-GH single-trip perf/pack system provides
cost-effective, single run completions that combine
perforating and frac-packing into a single string. With the
STPP-GH system, the guns are detached from the packer ®
CHAMP IV
before perforating to eliminate impact loads on the packer. Packer
After perforating, the auto-release gun hanger mechanism
allows the expended guns to drop to the bottom of the well.
After the well is perforated, the CHAMP® IV packer is
Closing
lowered and set below the perforations to complete frac- Sleeve
pack operations. The STPP-GH system provides increased Assembly
safety as well as economic benefits by combining multiple
operations in a single pipe trip. The single-trip system can
minimize completion fluid loss, reduce rig cost, and reduce VBA
well control risks. Blank FracPac™
Assembly Packer

Lower
Sump Packer Closing
Sleeve

Hydraulic Blank
Release Screen

VannGun®
Assembly

Auto Release
Gun Hanger

Lower
HAL8829

Sump
Packer
STPP™-GH Single-Trip
Perf/Pack System

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-23
23
Cobra Pac® Service
The Cobra Pac® service brings together key Halliburton
technologies that can help make previously bypassed zones
profitable to produce, such as a complete rigless process with
electric line, coiled tubing (CT), and perforating solutions to
install a vent screen completion.

Ideal zones have these characteristics: Production Packer

• Completion with 2 7/8-in. and larger tubing

• One to five billion cubic feet reserves or less per zone
• Six to 12 months production life per zone End of Tubing
• Stacked zones, limited reserves, and small fault blocks

Lower zone is isolated by setting a cement retainer or bridge

plug on electric line for depth control. The perforating and
Vent Screen
vent screen assembly is run on CT, and guns are correlated by
tagging cement retainer/bridge plug or utilizing DepthProSM
collar locator. Pressure is applied to tubing to fire perforating
guns and then guns are lowered to bottom and released from
CT with hydraulic release. Sand control treatment is pumped Blank
through tubing and then CT is run in the hole to wash the
sand off the top of the vent screen.

Screen

Pressure
Firing Head

®
VannGun Assembly
HAL15397

Plug Back

Cobra Pac® Service

24
Special
3-24 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
24
Perforate and Squeeze

Single-Trip Block Squeeze DrillGun™ System

The unique Halliburton all-aluminum VannGun® system
and brass firing head greatly reduce the costs of block
squeeze procedures—especially in highly deviated wells.

The packer is set and perforations shot in the same trip.

After pulling the workstring and pumping the squeeze job,
the packer and aluminum gun are drilled out.

The system provides another substantial savings. The well is Radioactive Marker
controlled without replacing clear fluids with drilling mud
while perforating, so there are no mud disposal problems.

Setting Tool

EZ Drill® SVB
Squeeze Packer

Brass Pressure-Actuated
Firing Head

All-Aluminum
VannGun® Assembly
HAL5912

Single-Trip Block Squeeze DrillGun™ System

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-25
25
Select Fire™ Systems

Halliburton’s unique Select Fire™ system provides Annulus Pressure

unprecedented flexibility. Guns can be configured to fire Crossover Tool
sequentially top down or bottom up—or in any order.
Zones can be isolated for perforating and testing or flow Packer
from each new set of perforations can be commingled with
flow from earlier perforations. The system provides the
Ported Sealing Sub
following benefits:

• Eliminates the need to kill the well

• Eliminates pulling and re-running the test string after
firing each set of guns
®
Third VannGun Assembly
• Eliminates the need to re-establish well flow

This sequence on the following page illustrates perforating

Third Time-Delay
and testing each zone sequentially from the bottom up and Firing Head
commingling flow from the zones. (If conditions required
Second Air Chamber
isolating each zone, the packer would be moved and reset
after each zone was shot and tested.) Second Select Fire™ Sub
Second Pressure Isolation Sub
Second VannGun Assembly

Second Time-Delay
Firing Head
Control Line First Air Chamber
First Select Fire Sub
First Pressure Isolation Sub

First VannGun Assembly

First Time-Delay Firing Head

HAL8191

Control Line Sub

Select Fire™ Systems

26
Special
3-26 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
26
Step 1—Annulus pressure from above
the packer enters the crossover tool and
is applied to the first (bottom) time-
delay firing head. The first Select Fire™
sub keeps pressure from reaching the
second firing head. The time delay
provides time to bleed off pressure.
When the guns detonate, the firing
train continues to the Select Fire sub.
The sub fires, creating a path to the
second firing head. The zone is tested.
HAL8191
Step 1
Special Applications
Installation Examples
Step 2—Annulus pressure is re-applied
and travels to the second time delay
firing head. The first pressure isolation
sub keeps pressure from venting
through the first set of perforations.
Pressure is released, the gun fires, and
the second Select Fire sub fires and
opens a path to the third gun.
Production from the second zone is
commingled with pressure from the
first zone for testing.
Step 2
Step 3—Pressure applied to the annulus
passes through the annulus pressure
crossover and down the control line to
the third time-delay firing head. The
second pressure isolation sub keeps
pressure from venting through
perforations in the first and second
zones. Pressure is released, the guns
fire, and flow from all three are
commingled for testing.
Step 3
3-27
27
Dual Drillstem Test System
Incorporating components of Halliburton’s innovative
Select Fire™ system, this string isolates each zone for
perforating and testing.

The Halliburton CHAMP® retrievable packer sets

mechanically while tubing pressure sets the top packer. After Annulus Pressure Crossover
setting packers, pressuring up on the tubing opens the
pressure-operated vent to provide communication below the
lower packer. Additional pressure fires the lower set of guns. Hydraulic-Set Packer

After testing, annulus pressure closes the Vann™ circulating

valve, isolating the lower zone. Produced fluid is reversed out
Pressure-Operated Vent
using the Halliburton OMNI™ valve. Increasing and
releasing annulus pressure fires the upper guns.

Control Line

Time-Delay Firing Head

Select Fire™ Sub

Time-Delay Firing Head

Select Fire Sub

Time-Delay Firing Head

VannGun® Assembly

Circulating Valve

Time-Delay Firing Head

CHAMP® Packer

Time-Delay Firing Head

VannGun Assembly

Time-Delay Firing Head

HAL5908

Dual Drillstem Test System

28
Special
3-28 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
28
Live Well Perforating

Ratchet Connector Step 1—Closing the seal slip rams around the ratchet
connector seal sub hangs the first VannGun section in the
The innovative design behind the Halliburton ratchet BOP stack. The blind rams are closed.
connector significantly reduces the cost of using perforating
techniques in live wells. Step 2—The second VannGun section, with the ratchet section
of the ratchet connector attached, is stripped through the
open stripper rams (not shown).
Benefits
Step 3—Once the gun section passes, the stripper rams are
• Delivers the advantages of live well perforating with no
closed and the blind ram opened. The second gun section
costly kill fluids; no kill-fluid caused by formation
is lowered until the two ratchet connector sections meet.
damage; formation back-surge pressures clean
Turning to the left activates the ratchet, connecting the two
perforations
sections.
• Connection time of approximately 20 minutes or less per
VannGun® assembly—a fraction of the time required by Step 4—The guns are lowered until the ratchet connector
other systems seal sub atop the second VannGun section is opposite the seal
ram. After closing the ram, turning to the right releases the
• Halliburton hydraulic workover unit runs tools, freeing
running tool. The running tool is raised above the blind ram,
the drilling rig.
which is then closed, and the stripper ram opened. The next
• Uses standard blowout preventer (BOP) stacks with no VannGun section is attached and the procedure repeated.
need for special ram assemblies
The procedure is reversed when retrieving the perforating
• Maintains positive pressure control—does not compromise
assembly.
pressure control systems engineered into Halliburton
hydraulic workover units—since at least one BOP ram
closes during every running in and retrieval step AutoLatch™ Release Gun Connector
• Eliminates the risk of damaging producing zones with The Halliburton AutoLatch™ release gun connector literally
kill fluids when reperforating producing wells latches VannGun sections together in the BOP stack as they
Second
run in. No rotation is required to connect the guns, so guns
VannGun
® can be run and retrieved on coiled tubing or even wireline.
Section Connections make up in a fraction of the time required by
Blind Ram
conventional snubbing systems.

Benefits
Ratchet Connector
Seal Slip Ram • Delivers the advantages of live well perforating with no kill
fluids, no kill-fluid caused formation damage, formation
back-surge pressures clean perforations—without the cost
Ratchet Connector
of a drilling rig
Seal Sub
• Halliburton coiled tubing or wireline units run and
First retrieve guns.
HAL5809

VannGun
Section • Uses standard BOP stacks—special ram assemblies not
Ratchet Connectors required

The following outlines what occurs when VannGun
assemblies are run under pressure with the Halliburton
ratchet connector.
• Maintains positive pressure control—at least one BOP ram
closed during every running in and retrieval step.
• Perforates new zones in producing wells without kill fluids,
eliminating the risk of damaging currently producing zones

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-29
29
Operation-AutoLatch™ Connector
The AutoLatch™ release gun connector consists mainly of
the stinger and latching/releasing assemblies. To operate, the
stinger assembly is threaded into the top of the first
VannGun® section, and the latching/releasing assembly is
threaded into the bottom of the second VannGun section.
Blind
The first VannGun section is run into the well and set in the Ram
seal/slip rams. (There is a seal area on the stinger for the
rams.) The running tool is released from the first VannGun Pipe
Seal/Slip Ram
section and then pulled from the BOP stack. Ram

The second VannGun section is then run into the well and set Blank

HAL5796
over the stinger. Weight is set down on the latching/releasing Ram
assembly to shear the screws and to latch the collet fingers
onto the stinger. Once the two VannGun sections are latched,
the seal/slip rams are opened and the two VannGun sections
are lowered into the well until the seal area on the stinger AutoLatch™ Release Gun Connector
assembly (at the top of the second perforating gun section) is
positioned in the seal/slip rams, which are then closed on the
stinger. The running tool is released, and it is pulled out of
the well.

This procedure is repeated until all VannGun sections are run

into the well. Refer to the operating manual for procedures Coiled Tubing or
when running and retrieving under pressure, or when using Jointed Pipe
coiled tubing, hydraulic workover, or wireline.

Operation-Ratchet Connector
The ratchet connector connects with left-hand rotation. Pressure-Actuated
Shear pins prevent disconnecting when rotating to the right. Firing Head

The connection sequence begins with one VannGun Third VannGun

®

assembly hung in the BOP stack with the seal slip rams and Section
blind rams closed. The second VannGun assembly, with the
ratchet made up at the bottom, is stripped through the AutoLatch™ Release
open stripper ram. Once the connector and VannGun Gun Connector
assemblies are past the stripper rams, they are closed and
the blind rams opened. When the tool components meet, Second VannGun
rotating to the left activates the ratchet, joining the two Section
VannGun sections. The string is lowered until the seal area
of the connector is next to the seal/slip ram area. The ram is AutoLatch Release
Gun Connector
closed. Left-hand rotation shears the brass pins and allows
the tool to disconnect. The running tool is lifted above the First VannGun
HAL11753

blind rams, which are then closed. Section

To retrieve the perforating assembly, the connection

sequence is reversed. Operation-Ratchet Connector

30
Special
3-30 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
30
AutoLatch™ Release Gun Connector

AutoLatch AutoLatch
AutoLatch™ AutoLatch™
Stinger Stinger
Running Running
Assembly Assembly
Tool Tool
HAL5797

HAL5798
First
VannGun® First
Assembly VannGun®
Assembly
Each VannGun® section is connected to the AutoLatch™
running tool on the surface and run into the BOP through The assembly is lowered until the seal area of the AutoLatch
the stripper rams (not shown). stinger is opposite the seal/slip rams. The seal/slip rams are
closed to suspend the first VannGun section and stinger
AutoLatch™ assembly in the BOP stack. Closing the pipe rams
Running compresses stop-release pads on the AutoLatch running
Tool tool, unlatching the tool.

Blind Ram
Assembly

AutoLatch
Stinger
Assembly
HAL5799

AutoLatch™
Stinger
Assembly
First
HAL5800

®
VannGun
Assembly

The AutoLatch running tool is pulled out of the BOP stack, First
leaving the stinger and VannGun section suspended by the VannGun®
seal/slip rams. Assembly

Once the AutoLatch running tool is above the blind rams, the
rams are closed.

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-31
31
 AutoLatch™ Second
Skirt VannGun
®

Assembly Assembly

AutoLatch
Stinger AutoLatch™ AutoLatch
Assembly Skirt Stinger
Assembly Assembly
HAL5801

HAL5802
First
VannGun® First
Assembly VannGun
Assembly

The AutoLatch™ skirt assembly is made up on the bottom of
the second VannGun® section. The assembly is lowered onto
the AutoLatch stinger atop the first VannGun section.
Isolation Sub-Assembly
Lubricator
The AutoLatch skirt on the second VannGun section sits
down on and latches to the AutoLatch stinger atop the first
VannGun section, and the cycle begins again.
Guns are retrieved by reversing running-in procedures.

Upper Gun

BOP Stack Snubbing Connector

HAL12326

Lower Gun

The isolation sub-assembly allows the customer the

capability to complete or recomplete the well without killing
it. The well can be producing before, during, and after the
guns are deployed in or out of the well.

32
Special
3-32 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
32
Downhole Pump Completions

This string not only provides the advantages of

underbalanced perforating in rod-pumped wells, it also
keeps fluids away from sensitive formations. Sucker Rod

VannGun® assemblies run in on a standard rod-pump

production string. Pumping the well down creates the Tubing Anchor
underbalance and initiates the Vann™ pressure differential
firing head.

Sucker Rod Pump

Pump Seating
Nipple

Pressure Transfer
and Bypass

Differential Pressure
Firing Head

®
VannGun Assembly
HAL15353

Downhole Pump Completions

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-33
33
Coiled Tubing Perforating

Coiled tubing is another method used in the industry to firing heads are the ball drop actuator firing head, which is
deploy perforating guns and other tools into a well. The also available with a swivel; and the pressure-actuated firing
firing mechanisms used are hydraulically operated. The heads such as TDF, model K, KV-II, etc.

Coiled Tubing Conveyed Bridge Plug with Pressure Firing Head

Coiled Tubing Coiled Tubing

Dual Flapper
Check Valve
Hydraulic
Disconnect

Pressure
Relief Sub

KV-II
Firing Head
Setting Tool

Bridge Plug Bridge Plug

HAL15409

Coiled Tubing Conveyed Bridge Plug with Pressure Firing Head

34
Special
3-34 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
34
Coiled Tubing Conveyed Pipe Cutter with Pressure Firing Head

Coiled Tubing

Tubing

Dual Flapper
Check Valve
Hydraulic
Disconnect
Perforated
Nipple

Pressure
Firing Head
Cutter Severed
Pipe

Packer

Sealbore

Nipple
HAL15410

Re-entry

Coiled Tubing Conveyed Pipe Cutter with Pressure Firing Head

Special Applications
Installation Examples 3-35
35
Coiled Tubing Conveyed Perforating with Coiled Tubing Conveyed Perforating
Pressure Isolation (Closed System) (Open System)

Coiled Tubing
Connector Coiled Tubing
Dual Flapper
Check Valve
Hydraulic
Disconnect

Pressure Relief Connector

Sub Dual Flapper
Model KV-II Check Valve
Firing Head
Hydraulic
Disconnect
Perforated
Nipple
Pressure
Pressure Firing Head
Isolation Device

®
VannGun
Assembly

Pressure
Isolation Device
HAL15412
HAL15411

Coiled Tubing Conveyed Perforating

(Open System)
Coiled Tubing Conveyed Perforating
with Pressure Isolation
(Closed System)

36
Special
3-36 Applications Installation
Special Applications
Examples
36

VannGun® Assemblies
The heart of Halliburton’s
VannSystem® service is the VannGun®
assembly. The VannGun assembly uses
bi-directional boosters, nonlead azide
explosives, specialized connectors and
inserts, and high velocity-low shrink
detonating cord.
HAL15404
3 3/8 in. 6 SPF
60° Phasing
VannGun® Assemblies
All these, as well as premium quality
gun material, are manufactured to
Halliburton’s proprietary
specifications. The primary design
factors for these components are safety
and reliability. All VannGun assemblies
incorporate machined scallops.
4 5/8 in. 12 SPF 4 5/8 in. 5 SPF
30°/150° Phasing 60° Phasing
VannGun® Assemblies
This helps to optimize charge
performance and prevents casing
damage from perforating exit hole
burrs. Additionally, shot phasing is
designed to maintain the integrity and
collapse resistance of the casing after
perforating.
7 in. 14 SPF
138° Phasing BH/SH
4-1
History of Perforation Techniques
Original cased hole completions utilized various mechanical
tools to gouge or penetrate casing to establish reservoir to
wellbore communication. Mechanical tool use at the time
was very inefficient and time consuming especially when
longer pay zones were encountered.
In 1926, bullet perforators were patented and by the 1930s
had gained widespread acceptance. Bullet perforators used a
propellant-driven bullet that would penetrate the casing,
cement, and formation. The obvious drawback was the
lodging of the bullet or projectile in the perforation tunnel,
which restricted reservoir fluid flow into the wellbore.
Another drawback was that the penetration depth achieved
with a bullet perforator was quite short, usually only a few
inches at best. Bullet perforators are rarely used today except
in cases where uniform casing hole size is required for
utilizing ball sealers for acid diversion.
Shaped charges or jet perforators were introduced to the
oilfield in the late 1940s. Design and utilization of these
charges is based on the same principles as the steel armored
tank penetrating bazooka technology from World War II.
Today, shaped charges account for more than 95% of the
cased and perforated completions around the world. The
simple design of the shaped charge features primary
components that include a charge case, explosive powder,
and liner. The shaped charge liner can be designed to either
create a jet that makes a small casing exit hole with deep
formation penetration or a large casing exit hole with
minimal formation penetration. Shaped charges are
generically classified as either deep penetrating (DP) or big
hole (BH).
In the 1950s, special through-tubing gun systems (small OD
hollow steel carriers and expendable strip guns) were
developed. The through-tubing gun systems offered great
advantages over the casing gun technology of the time which
required perforating be performed in an overbalanced
condition. The through-tubing gun systems allowed
operators to run the completion and nipple up a tree for well
control and then establish an underbalance prior to
perforating. This led to better perforation cleanup and well
productivity. By the 1970s, Vann Tool Company had
perfected the Tubing Conveyed Perforating (TCP) technique,
allowing operators to convey unlimited lengths of
perforating guns and safely creating much higher
underbalance pressures than were possible with through-
tubing gun systems. TCP guns systems (using percussion-
4-2
type detonators) provided a much safer alternative to
through-tubing gun systems (with electrical type detonators)
available at the time and also enabled operators to perforate
the entire pay zone with the given underbalanced condition
for optimum well productivity.
In the 1990s, ORYX Energy Company developed the
PerfStim™ process which used TCP applications where the
wellbore is overpressured above the fracture gradient prior to
the perforating event to promote fracturing in the near-
wellbore region to improve well productivity. Marathon Oil
Company improved on this process, by introducing the
POWR*PERFSM process, which used proppant carriers above
the perforating guns. The proppant carriers are designed to
release proppant or any other scouring agent into the flow
stream after the guns are detonated, and the nitrogen / fluid
cushion is injected into the perforations. In 1997, Marathon
Oil Company also introduced the StimGun™ assembly,
which combines conventional TCP gun systems with a
propellant energy source. The TCP gun is actuated by
conventional means, and then the propellant is ignited to
generate CO2 gas at pressures above the fracture gradient to
create small narrow fractures in the near-wellbore region.
Hydraulic perforators were originally introduced in the
1960s as a means to penetrate the casing by pumping high-
pressure fluids with an abrasive agent (sand) to abrade the
casing, cement, and formation. Hydraulic perforating is very
slow and can be expensive since only a few holes are created
simultaneously. In recent years, this technique has gained
some renewed interest especially as a pre-cursor to planned
limited entry hydraulic fracturing where only a few holes are
required in the casing to pump the treatment.
Year Perforation Technique
Mechanical Tools
1930s Bullet Perforators
1940s Shaped Charges
1950s Through-Tubing Guns
1970s Tubing Conveyed Perforating (TCP)
1990s Extreme Overbalance (EOB) Perforating
1997 Extreme Overbalance with StimGun™ Assembly
1960s and 1990s Hydraulic Perforators
POWR*PERF, a process of Marathon Oil Company, is licensed by Halliburton.
POWR*PERF is a service mark/trademark of Marathon Oil Company and licensed
by Halliburton.
StimGun™ is a trademark of Marathon Oil Company and is licensed by
Halliburton.
PerfStim™ is a trademark of Oryx Energy Company.
Patented by Oryx and licensed by Halliburton
VannGun® Assemblies
Deep Penetrating Charges
Deep penetrating type charges have a generally cone shaped
liner geometry that produces a thin, faster-moving jet.
Formation penetration is relatively deep with a somewhat
small exit hole size in the casing. Deep penetrating type
charges are typically utilized in natural completions, which
do not require sand control or gravel packing.
Steel charge cases tend to fragment into larger steel particles
that are likely to remain inside of the gun carrier because of
the small exit hole in the gun scallop. Zinc charge cases,
however, will basically disintegrate into a powder-like
substance capable of exiting the gun scallops completely.

DP shaped charges consist of liners that are formed by

compressing various blends of powdered metal. Powdered

HAL16365
metal liners tend to break up during jet formation and tunnel
creation, leaving minimal residual debris from the liner itself
after the perforation event.

DP Shaped Charge Case and Liner

HAL16363

DP Shaped Charge Liners

HAL16035

Halliburton Shaped Charge Terminology

Deep Penetrating Types
Zinc Charge Case and Debris
DP Deep Penetrating

SDP Super-Deep Penetrating

DP/LD Deep Penetrating/Low Debris

Millennium™ Charge Trade Name Premium DP

® Trade Name Special DP
Dominator Charge

Big Hole Types

BH Big Hole
HAL16032

BH/LD Big Hole/Low Debris

SH Super Hole

SH/LD Super Hole/Low Debris Steel Charge Case and Debris

Mirage® Charge Trade Name Special BH/LD

Trade Name Hybrid BH/DP for
Excalibur Charge Dual Casing Applications

DP charge case material is typically classified as steel or zinc-

HAL16364

based with the zinc termed as low debris (LD). The majority
of debris associated with the shaped charge is derived from
the charge case material.

Big Hole Vs. Deep Penetrator Charge Liners

VannGun® Assemblies 4-3

 When introduced, the Millennium™ line of DP shaped
charges was the industry leading performer in API Section I
test conditions for the most commonly used gun systems.
Millennium shaped charges were optimized for performance
by improving jet tip velocity, which was accomplished
through tighter tolerances on liner specifications,
optimization of powdered metal composition, and overall
improvements in quality assurance during the
manufacturing process.
The Dominator® line of DP shaped charges are special
charges optimized for actual shaped charge performance
under the prevailing completion and reservoir conditions.
Dominator shaped charge development takes place using the
Perforation Flow Laboratory facility. The Perforation Flow
Laboratory allows shaped charges to be fired with under or
overbalanced well conditions in actual formation samples
with a given effective stress condition applied. The
Big Hole Shaped Charges
BH shaped charges consist of parabolic or hemispherical
shaped liners that produce a slower-moving jet. Formation
penetration is typically very shallow with a large exit hole
casing size. BH type charges are typically utilized on
completions that require some form of sand control (frac
pack, high-rate water pack, gravel pack, etc.) and are
designed to yield the maximum shot density or total flow
area. Gun clearance, the annular gap between the gun and
casing ID, is especially important for jet development with
BH charges; therefore, gun centralization is usually
recommended. Failure to centralize BH gun systems can
result in significant loss of shaped charge performance as
shown in the illustration below where eccentered guns result
in a total flow area reduction of 30%.
.87
.85

Perforation Flow Laboratory also has the benefit allowing .91

post-perforation flow or injection into the formation sample .89

to assess perforation efficiency or productivity. .79

.71 .72

.79
30°
.80
.83

.89 .91

.95
.95 .95

.88
.88
HAL15957
HAL15956

.96 .95

Actual charge performance in formation core samples

HAL16269

comparing standard DP charge on left vs the Dominator®

charge on the right. .96 .97

.91 .87
Dominator shaped charge development typically results in .92
improved formation penetration on the order of 15 to 20%
over conventional DP charges designed for API Section I Area for Centralized Gun
performance. To evaluate if your specific completion and is 25% to 30% Higher
reservoir conditions warrant a Dominator shaped charge Entrance Hole Diameters for Centralized
approach, please contact engineering for an assessment. Versus Non-Centralized Cases

4-4 VannGun® Assemblies

Similar to DP type charges, BH shaped charges utilize either
steel or zinc (LD) charge case material. BH shaped charge
liners are formed by pressing sheet metal into the desired
liner shape. Original BH shaped charge liners were formed
with copper as the base material. Although copper provided
good ballistic characteristics, it also produced undesirable
liner debris or slugs.

HAL16361
To compensate for the undesirable slug formed with copper
liners, other metallurgy was developed to produce a solution Initial (Copper) 7-in. BH Liner Technology
that would eliminate the copper debris issue. Today, virtually
all conventional BH or Super Hole (SH) charges utilize
special alloy liners that are designed to fragment into small
pieces, and thus are significantly less likely to create debris
problems during the well completion.

The Mirage® line of BH shaped charges was introduced as an

improved low debris system. The Mirage line provides more
HAL16360
of a total perforating system debris reduction solution. With
the Mirage line, gun debris associated with all components of
the perforating assembly is reduced. Current (Brass) 7-in. BH Liner Technology
HAL16366

Latest (Mirage®) 7-in. BH Liner Technology

Charge
Charge Holder Centralizer
HAL16276

Rubber Pad End Alignment

Origins of Gun System Debris

VannGun® Assemblies 4-5

Previous BH guns systems required that the shaped charges
be positioned and retained in the charge tube holder using
bend tabs. The bend tab is a significant source of gun debris
because of the metal slivers generated during gun detonation.

The improved Mirage® system incorporates a new twist lock

feature in the charge tube holder, eliminating the debris
associated with the bend tabs.

HAL16275
In addition to metallurgical considerations, the geometry of
the Mirage shaped charge liner is carefully controlled during
the manufacturing process such that those portions of the Typical Charge Tube Design
liner that might contribute to slug creation are removed. This
process results in a charge liner with a controlled geometry
liner (CGL).

“Thick” region
controlled to

HAL16266
reduce debris

Charge Tube Debris

“Thinned” region
after forming
HAL16270

Mirage® Super Hole Perforator

HAL16274

Improved Mirage® Charge Twist Lock

Tube Design

4-6 VannGun® Assemblies

The LD zinc charge cases with the Mirage® system have been optimized to reduce the particle size distribution as shown
below.

Case Debris Comparison (One Charge)

70.0

Mirage Case Debris

LD Zinc Case Debris
60.0
Steel Case Debris

50.0
Mass Retained (g)

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0
HAL16267

0.0
> 0.500 > 0.375 > 0.250 > 0.187 > 0.094 > 0.066 > 0.033 > 0.011 <.011
Particle Size (in.)

Sieve Analysis Charge Case Material

VannGun® Assemblies 4-7

Maxim™ Shaped Charges
Well completion in unconsolidated formations generally impressive formation penetration of 6.0-in. These results
requires some form of sand control or gravel packing for flow show a significant 136% improvement in casing exit-hole
assurance. For a cased and perforated sand control size and 270% improvement in flow area on a per foot basis.
completion, the perforating strategy typically calls for
perforations with the largest possible exit hole in the casing
with as high a shot density (spf) as possible. The large casing
exit hole improves the likelihood of placing sand or gravel
into the perforation tunnel and the higher spf increases the
effective flow area resulting in lower pressure drop across the
completion during production.
As completion targets in deep water environments go deeper,
drilling challenges are compounded forcing operators in
many cases to set the casing shoe point higher than planned
in order to safely reach deeper primary targets.
Unfortunately, this scenario results in secondary pay zones

HAL16362
that have multiple strings of casing across portions or the
entire length of the pay zone. This situation presents a
serious technical challenge because the typical big-hole (BH) Existing Dual String
perforating system cannot efficiently penetrate multiple
HAL16359

Technology
casing strings and still produce an adequate casing exit hole.
The results utilizing conventional BH perforating systems in
the past yielded a large exit hole in the first casing string and Maxim™ Dual String Technology
a very small exit hole in the second casing string with
minimal formation penetration. Expanding
Case Fragments
Shaped charge design engineers at Halliburton's Jet Research
Center (JRC) have unleashed the power of Maxim™ shaped
charges by utilizing hydro-code modeling software and flash Stretching Jet
x-ray imaging to develop a proprietary shaped charge liner
that optimizes the casing exit-hole size when penetrating
multiple casing strings.
Jet Tip
The effectiveness of the new Maxim shaped charge concept
was demonstrated with the development of a 5-in. 8 spf
47 g charge for a completion scenario with 7-5/8-in.
Rearmost Portion
HAL15955

47.1 #/ft P-110 and 9-5/8-in. 47 #/ft P-110 casing. A standard

of Jet
5-in. 12 spf 28 gram BH gun system was tested under the
completion configuration described resulting in a casing
Flash x-ray and hydro-code simulation of a shaped charge
exit-hole of 0.28-in. The newly developed Maxim perforating during detonation sequence.
system resulted in a casing exit-hole size of 0.66-in. with an

Maxim™ Charge Performance Data

Charge Part Explosive
No. Gun OD SPF Load Inner Casing Exit Hole Outer Casing Exit Hole Penetration*

101350449 5.00 8 47 7 5/8 47.1# P-110 0.75 9 5/8 47 P-110 0.66 6.00
101357518 5.75 10 56.5 8 5/8 60.8# P-110 0.78 11 3/4 65# P-110 0.63 7.50
101357518 7.00 14 56.5 9 5/8 473 lL-80 0.61 13 3/8 72# P-110 0.68 8.77
*Penetration is in cement measured from the OD of the outer casing.

4-8 VannGun® Assemblies

 VannGun® Assemblies
1 9/16 in. to 7 in. and 4 SPF to 21 SPF
7.00"

6.50"

6.00"

5.75"

5.125"
5.00"

4.75"
4.625"
4.50"

4.25"

4.00"

3.375"
3.125"

2.875"
2.75"

2.50"

2.00"

1.563”

VannGun® Assemblies 4-9

VannGun® Phasing and Shot Patterns*

0° Phasing 4 and 5 SPF

4 SPF 5 SPF

6" 6"

6" 6"
HAL10590

12" 12"

0º 180º 360º 0º 180º 360º

60° Phasing 4, 5, and 6 SPF

4 SPF 5 SPF

6" 6"

6" 6"

12" 12"
HAL15978

0º 60º 120º 180º 240° 300º 360º 0º 60º 120º 180º 240° 300º 360º

6 SPF

6"

6"

12"

0º 60º 120º 180º 240° 300º 360º

*Other shot densities and phasings are available upon request.

4-10 VannGun® Assemblies

90° Phasing 4 SPF
4 SPF

6"

6"

12"
HAL15981

0º 90º 180º 270° 360º

180° Phasing 4 and 8 SPF

4 SPF 8 SPF

6" 6"

6" 6"

12" 12"
HAL15982

0º 180º 360º 0º 180º 360º

VannGun® Assemblies 4-11

60° Phasing 6 SPF Two Planes
6 SPF

6"

6"
HAL15356

12"

0º 45º 90º 135º 180º 225° 270º 315º 360º

45°/135° Phasing 5, 6, 8, 12, and 18 SPF

5 SPF 6 SPF

6" 6"

6" 6"

12" 12"
HAL15355

0º 45º 90º 135º 180º 225° 270º 315º 360º 0º 45º 90º 135º 180º 225° 270º 315º 360º

8 SPF 12 SPF 18 SPF

6" 6" 6"

6" 6" 6"

12" 12" 12"

0º 45º 90º 135º 180º 225° 270º 315º 360º 0º 102.9° 205.7° 308.6° 0º 45º 90º 135º 180º 225° 270º 315º 360º
51.4° 154.3° 257.1° 360º

4-12 VannGun® Assemblies

140°/160° Phasing 11 SPF
11 SPF

6"

6"
HAL15983

12"

0º 100º 180° 260° 360°

110º 250°

51.4°/154.3° Phasing 12 SPF

12 SPF

6"

6"

12"
HAL15357

0º 102.9° 205.7° 308.6°

51.4° 154.3° 257.1° 360º

30°/150° Phasing 12 SPF

12 SPF

6"

6"
HAL15354

12"

0º 60° 120º 180º 240° 300º 360°

30º 90º 150° 210° 270º 330°

VannGun® Assemblies 4-13

25.7°/128.5° Phasing 14 SPF
14 SPF

6"

6"

12"
HAL15993

0º 51º 103º 154º 206º 257° 309º 360º

26º 77º 129º 180º 231º 283° 334º

60°/120° Phasing 18 and 21 SPF

18 SPF 21 SPF

6" 6"

6" 6"

12" 12"
HAL15984

0º 60º 120º 180º 240° 300º 360º 0º 60º 120º 180º 240° 300º 360º

138° Phasing 14 SPF

14 SPF

6"

6"

12"
HAL15985

0º 45º 90º 135º 180º 225° 270º 315º 360º

4-14 VannGun® Assemblies

 Tensile ratings on the following tables are based on the box x pin connection.

1 9/16-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies

Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
4 spf Millennium
100157028 HMX Millennium™ 4 (1.22) 21 (9) 17 (8)
0°
60° 20,000 70,000 7 (2.13) 31 (14) 24 (11)
4
90° (1379) (31 746) 11 (3.35) 46 (21) 34 (15)
180°
101210199 HMX BH 15 (4.57) 60 (27) 44 (20)
21 (6.40) 81 (37) 59 (27)
6 spf Millennium
4 (1.22) 21 (10) 17 (8)
20,000 70,000 7 (2.13) 32 (14) 24 (11)
100157028 HMX Millennium 6 60°
(1379) (31 746) 11 (3.35) 48 (22) 34 (15)
15 (4.57) 63 (28) 44 (20)
21 (6.40) 85 (39) 59 (27)

2-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies

Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
101208224 HMX Millennium™ 4 spf Millennium
100008017 HMX SDP 4 (1.22) 28 (13) 23 (10)
0°
60° 20,000 77,000 7 (2.13) 44 (20) 35 (16)
100157018 HNS DP 4
90° (1379) (34 921) 11 (3.35) 66 (30) 51 (23)
180°
15 (4.57) 87 (39) 63 (29)
101206246 HMX BH
21 (6.40) 120 (54) 92 (42)
101208224 HMX Millennium 6 spf Millennium
100008017 HMX SDP 4 (1.22) 28 (13) 23 (10)
77,000 7 (2.13) 44 (20) 35 (16)
20,000
100157018 HNS DP 6 60° (34 921)
(1379) 11 (3.35) 66 (30) 51 (23)
15 (4.57) 87 (39) 63 (29)
101206246 HMX BH
21 (6.40) 120 (54) 92 (42)

VannGun® Assemblies 4-15

 2 1/2-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
101206251 HMX Millennium™ 4 spf Millennium
4 (1.22) 43 (20) 34 (15)
101332418 HMX SDP 0°
60° 20,000 121,000 7 (2.13) 67 (30) 52 (24)
4
90° (1379) (54 875) 11 (3.35) 98 (44) 75 (34)
180°
101244923 HNS DP 15 (4.57) 129 (59) 98 (44)
21 (6.40) 176 (80) 133 (60)
6 spf Millennium
101206251 HMX Millennium
4 (1.22) 45 (20) 34 (15)
20,000 121,000 7 (2.13) 70 (32) 52 (24)
101332418 HMX SDP 6 60°
(1379) (54 875) 11 (3.35) 104 (47) 75 (34)
15 (4.57) 133 (60) 98 (44)
101244923 HNS DP
21 (6.4) 189 (86) 133 (60)

2 3/4-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies

Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
101233817 HMX Millennium™ 6 spf SDP and Millennium
100157026 RDX SDP
4 (1.22) 59 (27) 50 (23)
100010399 HMX SDP
20,000 134,000
101251723 HNS SDP 6 60° Two Row 8 (2.44) 102 (46) 82 (37)
(1379) (60 771)
101318485 HNS Millennium 11 (3.35) 134 (61) 105 (48)
101206793 RDX BH 16 (4.88) 183 (83) 145 (66)
101270158 HMX BH 22 (6.71) 252 (114) 193 (88)
101233817 HMX Millennium
100157026 RDX SDP
100010399 HMX SDP
22,000 134,000
101251723 HNS SDP 6 60°
(1517) (60 771)
101318485 HNS Millennium
101206793 RDX BH
101270158 HMX BH

4-16 VannGun® Assemblies

 2 7/8-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
6 spf Millennium
101233817 HMX Millennium™
4 (1.22) 62 (28) 54 (24)
22,000 142,000 8 (2.44) 106 (48) 86 (39)
101414743 HMX Dominator® 6 60°
(1517) (64 399) 11 (3.35) 138 (63) 110 (50)
16 (4.88) 186 (84) 150 (68)
101388407 HNS Millennium
22 (6.71) 258 (117) 198 (90)

2 7/8-in. Heavy Wall Premium VannGun® Assemblies

Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
6 spf Millennium Gas Gun
101233817 HMX Millennium™ 4 (1.22) 64 (29) 55 (25)
25,000 142,000 8 (2.44) 112 (51) 92 (42)
6 60°
(1724) (64 399) 11 (3.35) 148 (67) 120 (54)
101318485 HNS Millennium 16 (4.88) 204 (93) 166 (75)
22 (6.71) 281 (127) 221 (100)

VannGun® Assemblies 4-17

 3 3/8-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
4 spf DP
101320459 RDX DP 4 (1.22) 86 (39) 77 (35)
8 (2.44) 144 (65) 125 (57)
11 (3.35) 187 (85) 160 (73)
100008014 RDX SDP
16 (4.88) 256 (116) 219 (99)
60° 22 (6.71) 345 (157) 290 (132)
25,000 238,000
101293450 RDX SDP/LD 4 90°
(1724) (107 937) 4 spf SDP and Millennium
180°
4 (1.22) 89 (40) 77 (35)
101233819 HMX Millennium™
8 (2.44) 149 (68) 125 (57)
11 (3.35) 195 (88) 160 (73)
101265876 HNS Millennium 16 (4.88) 268 (121) 219 (99)
22 (6.71) 361 (164) 290 (132)
101320459 RDX DP
6 spf SDP and Millennium
100008014 RDX SDP
101293450 RDX SDP/LD 4 (1.22) 92 (42) 77 (35)
101233819 HMX Millennium 25,000 238,000 8 (2.44) 158 (72) 125 (57)
6 60°
101309223 HMX Dominator® (1724) (107 955) 11 (3.35) 207 (94) 160 (73)
101265876 HNS Millennium 16 (4.88) 287 (130) 219 (99)
100005321 RDX BH
22 (6.71) 388 (176) 290 (132)
100157017 HMX BH
101320459 RDX DP
100008014 RDX SDP
101293450 RDX SDP/LD
101233819 HMX Millennium 60° Two 23,000 238,000
6
101309223 HMX Dominator Row (1586) (107 955)
101265876 HNS Millennium
100005321 RDX BH
100157017 HMX BH
12 spf BH
100008251 RDX BH 4 (1.22) 89 (40) 77 (35)
30°/150° 23,000 238,000 8 (2.44) 150 (68) 125 (57)
12
OMNI™ (1586) (107 955) 11 (3.35) 197 (88) 160 (73)
100005312 HMX BH 16 (4.88) 271 (123) 219 (99)
22 (6.71) 365 (166) 290 (132)

4-18 VannGun® Assemblies

 4-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
4 spf DP
100005322 RDX DP
4 (1.22) 107 (49) 99 (45)
8 (2.44) 173 (78) 155 (70)
100005327 HMX DP
11 (3.35) 223 (101) 197 (89)
16 (4.88) 297 (135) 267 (121)
101332806 HNS DP
60° 20,000 278,000 22 (6.71) 404 (183) 351 (159)
4
90° (1379) (126 077) 4 spf SDP
100008014 RDX SDP
4 (1.22) 110 (50) 99 (45)
8 (2.44) 179 (81) 155 (70)
101293450 RDX SDP/LD
11 (3.35) 230 (104) 197 (89)
16 (4.88) 309 (140) 267 (121)
100008249 HMX SDP
22 (6.71) 420 (191) 351 (159)
6 spf DP
100005322 RDX DP
4 (1.22) 111 (50) 99 (45)
8 (2.44) 180 (82) 155 (70)
100005327 HMX DP
11 (3.35) 233 (106) 197 (89)
16 (4.88) 319 (144) 267 (121)
101332806 HNS DP
20,000 278,000 22 (6.71) 424 (192) 351 (159)
6 60°
(1379) (126 077) 6 spf SDP
100008014 RDX SDP
4 (1.22) 114 (52) 99 (45)
8 (2.44) 189 (86) 155 (70)
101293450 RDX SDP/LD
11 (3.35) 244 (111) 197 (89)
16 (4.88) 336 (152) 267 (121)
100008249 HMX SDP
22 (6.71) 448 (203) 351 (159)

VannGun® Assemblies 4-19

 4 5/8-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
5 spf 39 g Millennium
101210636 HMX Millennium™ 4 (1.22) 156 (71) 135 (61)
20,000 414,000 8 (2.44) 257 (117) 208 (94)
5 60°
(1379) (187 755) 11 (3.35) 333 (151) 265 (120)
101287306 HNS Millennium 16 (4.88) 447 (203) 357 (162)
22 (6.71) 611 (277) 469 (213)
100005322 RDX DP 6 spf 32 g DP
100005327 HMX DP 4 (1.22) 147 (67) 134 (61)
101332806 HNS DP 20,000 414,000 8 (2.44) 235 (107) 207 (94)
6 60°
100008014 RDX SDP (1379) (187 755) 11 (3.35) 301 (137) 262 (119)
101293450 RDX SDP/LD 16 (4.88) 405 (184) 354 (161)
100008249 HMX SDP 22 (6.71) 544 (247) 464 (210)
8 spf SH
100005311 RDX SH
4 (1.22) 151 (69) 134 (61)
20,000 414,000 8 (2.44) 245 (111) 207 (94)
101228756 RDX SH/LD 8 45°/135°
(1379) (187 755) 11 (3.35) 316 (143) 262 (119)
100156995 HMX SH 16 (4.88) 420 (191) 353 (160)
101233690 HMX SH/LD 22 (6.71) 574 (260) 462 (210)

4-20 VannGun® Assemblies

 4 5/8-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
100005319 RDX BH 11 spf BH
100005326 RDX BH/LD 4 (1.22) 153 (69) 129 (59)
100157006 HMX BH 8 (2.44) 252 (114) 197 (89)
120038060 HMX BH/LD 16,000 414,000 11 (3.35) 326 (148) 248 (112)
11 140°/160°
100005324 RDX DP (1103) (187 755)
16 (4.88) 438 (199) 334 (151)
100014352 HMX DP
101210674 HMX Millennium™
22 (6.71) 600 (272) 436 (198)
101343830 HNS DP
100005324 RDX DP 12 spf Millennium
100005325 RDX DP/LD 4 (1.22) 158 (72) 127 (58)
100014352 HMX DP 8 (2.44) 262 (119) 194 (88)
100005340 HMX DP/LD 11 (3.35) 340 (154) 244 (111)
101210674 HMX Millennium 16 (4.88) 459 (208) 327 (148)
101343830 HNS DP 22 (6.71) 626 (284) 427 (194)
100005319 RDX BH 12 spf BH
100005326 RDX BH/LD 4 (1.22) 154 (70) 127 (58)
100157006 HMX BH 30°/150° 20,000 414,000 8 (2.44) 254 (115) 194 (88)
12
120038060 HMX BH/LD OMNI™ (1379) (187 755) 11 (3.35) 328 (149) 244 (111)
16 (4.88) 442 (200) 327 (148)
100005311 RDX SH
22 (6.71) 602 (273) 427 (194)
12 spf SH
101228756 RDX SH/LD
4 (1.22) 150 (68) 127 (58)
8 (2.44) 245 (111) 194 (88)
100156995 HMX SH
11 (3.35) 315 (143) 244 (111)
16 (4.88) 422 (191) 327 (148)
101233690 HMX SH/LD
22 (6.71) 575 (261) 427 (194)
14 spf SH
100005311 RDX SH 4 (1.22) 150 (68) 124 (56)
20,000 414,000 8 (2.44) 244 (111) 188 (85)
14 25.7°/128.5°
(1379) (187 755) 11 (3.35) 315 (143) 235 (107)
100156995 HMX SH 16 (4.88) 422 (192) 314 (142)
22 (6.71) 575 (261) 410 (186)
18 spf
100156990 RDX BH 4 (1.22) 139 (63) 118 (54)
18,000 414,000 8 (2.44) 222 (101) 176 (80)
18 45°/135°
(1241) (187 755) 11 (3.35) 285 (129) 219 (99)
100157005 HMX DP 16 (4.88) 379 (172) 291 (132)
22 (6.71) 513 (233) 378 (171)

VannGun® Assemblies 4-21

 4 3/4-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
12 spf BH
100005324 RDX DP
4 (1.22) 169 (77) 144 (65)
8 (2.44) 284 (129) 228 (103)
100005325 RDX DP/LD
11 (3.35) 370 (168) 291 (132)
16 (4.88) 505 (229) 395 (179)
100014352 HMX DP
22 (6.71) 685 (311) 521 (236)
12 spf DP
100005340 HMX DP/LD
4 (1.22) 166 (75) 144 (65)
8 (2.44) 277 (126) 228 (103)
101210674 HMX Millennium™
11 (3.35) 361 (164) 291 (132)
16 (4.88) 491 (223) 395 (179)
101343830 HNS DP
30°/150° 24,000 516,000 22 (6.71) 666 (302) 521 (236)
12
OMNI™ (1655) (234 014) 12 spf Millennium
100005319 RDX BH
4 (1.22) 173 (78) 144 (65)
8 (2.44) 292 (132) 228 (103)
100005326 RDX BH/LD
11 (3.35) 381 (173) 291 (132)
16 (4.88) 522 (237) 395 (179)
100157006 HMX BH
22 (6.71) 709 (321) 521 (236)
12 spf SH
120038060 HMX BH/LD
4 (1.22) 165 (75) 144 (65)
100005311 RDX SH 8 (2.44) 275 (125) 228 (103)
101228756 RDX SH/LD 11 (3.35) 357 (162) 291 (132)
100156995 HMX SH 16 (4.88) 485 (220) 395 (179)
101233690 HMX SH/LD 22 (6.71) 657 (298) 521 (236)

4-22 VannGun® Assemblies

 5-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
18,000 427,000
101350449 RDX Excalibur 8 45°/135° 12 spf SH
(1241) (193 651)
100005311 RDX SH 4 (1.22) 175 (79) 152 (69)
101228756 RDX SH/LD 8 (2.44) 280 (127) 230 (104)
30°/150° 18,000 427,000
100156995 HMX SH 12 11 (3.35) 359 (163) 288 (131)
OMNI™ (1241) (193 651)
101233690 HMX SH/LD 16 (4.88) 490 (222) 385 (175)
101307494 RDX Mirage® 22 (6.71) 648 (294) 502 (228)
14 spf SH
100005311 RDX SH
4 (1.22) 177 (80) 152 (69)
25.7°/ 17,000 427,000 8 (2.44) 286 (130) 230 (104)
101228756 RDX SH/LD 14
128.5° (1172) (193 651) 11 (3.35) 368 (167) 288 (131)
100156995 HMX SH 16 (4.88) 504 (228) 386 (175)
101233690 HMX SH/LD 22 (6.71) 667 (302) 503 (228)
18 spf SH
4 (1.22) 181 (82) 152 (69)
60°/120° 17,000 427,000 8 (2.44) 296 (134) 229 (104)
101268719 RDX SH 18
3/Plane (1172) (193 651) 11 (3.35) 383 (174) 288 (130)
16 (4.88) 527 (239) 385 (174)
22 (6.71) 701 (318) 501 (227)
21 spf BH
4 (1.22) 185 (84) 152 (69)
60°/120° 16,000 427,000 8 (2.44) 304 (138) 229 (104)
101292616 RDX BH 21
3/Plane (1103) (193 651) 11 (3.35) 393 (178) 287 (130)
16 (4.88) 540 (245) 384 (174)
22 (6.71) 717 (325) 500 (227)

VannGun® Assemblies 4-23

 5 1/8-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
100005319 RDX BH 12 spf 22.7 g
100005326 RDX BH/LD 4 (1.22) 181 (82) 157 (71)
100157006 HMX BH 8 (2.44) 290 (132) 239 (108)
120038060 HMX BH/LD 11 (3.35) 372 (169) 300 (136)
100005324 RDX DP 16 (4.88) 505 (229) 401 (182)
100005325 RDX DP/LD 22 (6.71) 672 (305) 523 (237)
100014352 HMX DP 12 spf 28 g SH
16,000 520,000
100005340 HMX DP/LD 12 OMNI™ 4 (1.22) 180 (81) 157 (71)
(1103) (239 929)
101210674 HMX Millennium™ 8 (2.44) 287 (130) 239 (108)
101343830 HNS DP 11 (3.35) 368 (167) 300 (136)
100005311 RDX SH 16 (4.88) 499 (226) 401 (182)
101228756 RDX SH/LD 22 (6.71) 663 (301) 523 (237)
100156995 HMX SH
101233690 HMX SH/LD
101307494 RDX Mirage®
14 spf 28 g SH
4 (1.22) 182 (82) 157 (71)
8 (2.44) 292 (133) 238 (108)
100157007 RDX SH
11 (3.35) 375 (170) 298 (135)
16 (4.88) 511 (232) 399 (181)
25.7°/ 16,000 520,000 22 (6.71) 679 (308) 520 (236)
14
128.5° (1103) (239 929) 14 spf 32 g SH
4 (1.22) 186 (84) 157 (71)
8 (2.44) 302 (137) 238 (108)
100157011 HMX SH
11 (3.35) 389 (176) 298 (135)
16 (4.88) 531 (241) 399 (181)
22 (6.71) 708 (321) 520 (236)
21 spf
4 (1.22) 190 (86) 156 (71)
60°/120° 16,000 520,000 8 (2.44) 311 (141) 236 (107)
101292616 RDX BH 21
3/Plane (1103) (239 929) 11 (3.35) 402 (182) 296 (134)
16 (4.88) 553 (251) 395 (179)
22 (6.71) 734 (333) 515 (234)

4-24 VannGun® Assemblies

 5 3/4-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
14 spf SH
100157007 RDX SH
25.7°/ 17,000 512,000 4 (1.22) 216 (98) 192 (87)
14
128.5° (1172) (232 200) 8 (2.44) 344 (156) 293 (133)
101307494 RDX Mirage®
11 (3.35) 442 (200) 369 (167)

17,000 512,000 16 (4.88) 647 (294) 496 (225)

101357518 RDX Excalibur 10 45°/135°
(1172) (232 200) 22 (6.71) 859 (389) 648 (294)

6-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies

Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
12 spf DP
100156993 RDX DP
4 (1.22) 272 (123) 216 (98)
8 (2.44) 447 (203) 318 (144)
100156994 HMX DP
51.4°/ 15,000 672,000 15 (4.57) 706 (320) 497 (225)
12
154.2° (1034) (304 762) 12 spf BH
100156992 HMX BH
4 (1.22) 251 (114) 216 (98)
8 (2.44) 398 (181) 318 (144)
100156991 RDX BH
15 (4.57) 608 (276) 497 (225)

6 1/2-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies

Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
12 spf BH Mirage
101228037 RDX Mirage®
4 (1.22) 275 (125) 240 (109)
8 (2.44) 431 (195) 354 (160)
101304878 RDX Mirage
15,000 480,000 16 (4.88) 733 (333) 582 (264)
12 45°/135°
(1034) (217 687) 12 spf SH/LD
101213474 RDX SH
4 (1.22) 277 (126) 240 (109)
101212693 RDX SH/LD 8 (2.44) 435 (197) 354 (160)
101357518 RDX Excalibur 16 (4.88) 743 (337) 582 (264)
14 spf SH Mirage
101228037 RDX Mirage 4 (1.22) 277 (124) 240 (109)
8 (2.44) 437 (198) 354 (160)

15,000 480,000 16 (4.88) 754 (342) 582 (264)

14 138°
101304878 RDX Mirage SH (1034) (217 687) 14 spf SH
4 (1.22) 283 (128) 240 (109)
101213474 RDX SH 8 (2.44) 451 (205) 354 (160)
101357518 RDX Excalibur 16 (4.88) 784 (355) 582 (264)

VannGun® Assemblies 4-25

 6 1/2-in. High-Pressure Premium VannGun® Assemblies
Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
12 spf BH Mirage
101228037 RDX Mirage®
4 (1.22) 298 (135) 268 (121)
8 (2.44) 476 (216) 410 (186)
101304878 RDX Mirage SH
20,000 480,000 16 (4.88) 824 (370) 684 (310)
12 45°/135°
(1379) (217 687) 12 spf SH/LD
101213474 RDX SH
4 (1.22) 300 (136) 268 (121)
101212693 RDX SH/LD 8 (2.44) 481 (218) 410 (186)
101357518 RDX Excalibur 16 (4.88) 834 (378) 684 (310)
14 spf SH Mirage
101228037 RDX Mirage 4 (1.22) 300 (136) 268 (121)
8 (2.44) 482 (219) 410 (186)

20,000 480,000 16 (4.88) 841 (382) 684 (310)

14 138°
101304878 RDX Mirage SH (1379) (217 687) 14 spf SH
4 (1.22) 305 (138) 268 (121)
101213474 RDX SH 8 (2.44) 496 (225) 410 (186)
101357518 RDX Excalibur 16 (4.88) 871 (395) 684 (310)

7-in. Premium VannGun® Assemblies

Weights
Collapse Tensile
Charge Part Explosive Pressure Strength Length Loaded Spacer
No. Type Charge Type SPF Phasing psi (bars) lb (kg) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg)
12 spf BH Mirage
100005325 RDX DP/LD
4 (1.22) 326 (148) 292 (132)
8 (2.44) 494 (224) 421 (191)
100005340 HMX DP/LD
16 (4.88) 831 (377) 679 (308)
12 spf SH/LD
101228037 RDX Mirage®
13,000 802,000 4 (1.22) 328 (149) 292 (132)
12 45°/135°
(897) (363 719) 8 (2.44) 499 (226) 421 (191)
101304878 RDX Mirage
16 (4.88) 841 (381) 679 (308)
101213474 RDX SH 12 spf Millennium
101212693 RDX SH/LD 4 (1.22) 356 (161) 292 (132)
101207997 HMX Millennium™ 8 (2.44) 565 (256) 421 (191)
101357518 RDX Excalibur 16 (4.88) 984 (446) 679 (308)
14 spf SH Mirage
101228037 RDX Mirage 4 (1.22) 328 (149) 291 (132)
8 (2.44) 501 (227) 420 (190)
13,000 802,000 16 (4.88) 847 (384) 677 (307)
101304878 RDX Mirage SH 14 138°
(897) (363,719) 14 spf SH
4 (1.22) 334 (151) 291 (132)
101213474 RDX SH
8 (2.44) 515 (234) 420 (190)
101357518 RDX Excalibur 16 (4.88) 877 (398) 677 (307)

4-26 VannGun® Assemblies

 Scalloped Gun Charge Performance Data
Penetration
Total Normalized
Explosive Casing Target Target to 5,000 psi
Size Explosive Part Load Size Strength EHD Penetration (5% per Unofficial
in. SPF Phasing Type Number Charge Type gm in. psi in. in. 1,000) Data*
4 0 HMX 100157028 Millennium™ 3.4 4 1/2 5967 0.21 11.34 11.89
6 60 HMX 100157028 Millennium 3.4 2 7/8 6949 0.23 8.30 19B
1 9/16
Special
4 0 HMX 101210199 BH 3.4 4 1/2 5000 0.30 3.20 3.20
Request
HMX 101208224 Millennium 6.8 3 1/2 6470 0.26 19.20 20.61
HMX 101208224 Millennium 6.8 2 7/8 6019 0.22 18.30 19B
100008017 Super DP
HMX 6.75 3 1/2 8636 0.31 8.40 9.93
2 6 60 101206246 BH
HMX 101206246 BH 6.75 2 7/8 7332 0.48 3.00 19B
HMX 101206246 BH 6.75 3 1/2 6418 0.39 4.83 5.17
HNS 100157018 DP 6.9 4 1/2 5960 0.23 11.80 12.37 *
HMX 101206251 Millennium 11 3 1/2 5854 0.32 26.50 27.63
2 1/2 6 60 HMX 101332418 Super DP 11 3 1/2 6598 0.31 20.2 19B
HNS 101244923 DP 11.1 3 1/2 7128 0.26 12.60 19B
HMX 101233817 Millennium 15 4 1/2 6394 0.30 26.00 19B
HMX 101233817 Millennium 15 4 1/2 6093 0.32 26.40 27.84
HNS 101318485 Millennium 15 4 1/2 6050 0.27 21.09 *
RDX 100157026 Super DP 14.7 4 1/2 5340 0.27 20.14 20.48
2 3/4 6 60
HMX 100010399 Super DP 14.7 4 1/2 5323 0.28 21.91 22.26
HNS 101251723 Super DP 15.1 4 1/2 6000 0.24 19.02 18.50 *
RDX 101206793 SH 14.7 4 1/2 6109 0.67 5.50 5.80
HMX 101270158 SH 14.7 4 1/2 7381 0.65 4.20 19B
HMX 101233817 Millennium 15 4 1/2 5124 0.35 30.0 19B3
2 7/8 6 60 HMX 101233817 Millennium 15 4 1/2 6388 0.31 27.3 19B
HNS 101388407 Millennium 18.5 4 1/2 6859 0.27 22.8 19B
HMX 101233819 Millennium 25 4 1/2 5754 0.45 37.50 19B
HMX 101233819 Millennium 25 4 1/2 6215 0.48 40.40 42.85
HNS 101265876 Millennium 25 4 1/2 6578 0.31 22.10 19B
6 60 RDX 101320459 DP 22 4 1/2 7538 0.34 17.60 19B
RDX 100008014 Super DP 24 4 1/2 5251 0.39 28.45 28.81
3 3/8 RDX 101293450 Super DP/LD 24 4 1/2 5602 0.38 27.00 27.81
RDX 100005321 BH 24 5 1/2 8853 0.64 4.05 **
® HMX 101233817 Millennium 15 4 1/2 6000 0.26 24.07 *
4 G-Force
HMX 101366678 Millennium 21 4 1/2 5671 0.39 32.57 *
RDX 100008251 BH 14 5 1/2 7802 0.62 5.33 6.08
12 30/150
HMX 100005312 BH 14 5 1/2 6300 0.64 5.24 5.58 *
HMX 101210636 Millennium 39 5 1/2 6365 0.38 43.40 19B
4 90
HMX 101210636 Millennium 39 5 1/2 5490 0.39 44.60 45.69
4
RDX 100005322 DP 32 7 5117 0.42 27.00
6 60
HMX 100005327 DP 32 7 6155 0.46 26.80 28.35 *
RDX 100005322 DP 32 7 5117 0.42 27.00 *
HMX 101210636 Millennium 39 7 5518 0.35 43.60 *
4 G-Force
HNS 101210636 Millennium 39 7 7559 0.33 31.20 *
HNS 101287306 Millennium 39 7 5/8 6349 0.29 30.20 19B
HMX 101210636 Millennium 39 7 5518 0.35 43.60 19B
4 5/8
5 60 HMX 101210636 Millennium 39 7 5502 0.37 52.00 53.31
HNS 101287306 Millennium 39 7 7559 0.33 31.20 19B
RDX 100005322 DP 32 7 5325 0.43 30.45 27.16
6 60 HMX 100005327 DP 32 7 7098 0.46 26.80 29.61
HNS 101332806 DP 32 7 5862 0.37 20.72 21.61

VannGun® Assemblies 4-27

 Scalloped Gun Charge Performance Data
Penetration
Total Normalized
Explosive Casing Target Target to 5,000 psi
Size Explosive Part Load Size Strength EHD Penetration (5% per Unofficial
in. SPF Phasing Type Number Charge Type gm in. psi in. in. 1,000) Data*
HMX 101210674 Millennium™ 22.7 7 6322 0.38 24.4 19B
RDX 100005324 DP 23 7 9080 0.36 16.25 19.57
RDX 100005325 DP/LD 23 7 5685 0.32 17.41 18.01
HMX 100014352 DP 23 7 9080 0.37 16.09 19.37
HMX 100005340 DP/LD 23 7 5685 0.30 18.37 19.00
HNS 101343830 DP 21.5 7 5910 0.24 24.23 *
12 30/150 RDX 100005319 BH 25 7 6840 0.74 6.41 7.00
4 5/8
RDX 100005326 BH/LD 22.7 7 7346 0.65 5.51 6.16
HMX 100157006 BH 25 7 5723 0.75 7.02 7.27 *
RDX 100005311 SH 28 7 6982 0.93 6.30 6.92
HMX 100156995 SH 28 7 5016 0.96 5.10 5.10
RDX 101228756 SH/LD 28 7 5124 0.81 5.40 5.43 *
HMX 101233690 SH/LD 28 7 5622 0.85 5.30 5.46
18 45/135 RDX 100156990 BH 20 7 5553 0.73 6.18 6.35
30/150 RDX 100005319 BH 25 7 6508 0.84 8.80 9.46 *
45/135 RDX 101307494 Mirage® 32 7 5/8 6551 0.91 6.00 19B
12 30/150 RDX 100005311 SH 28 7 5192 0.91 6.90 6.97
30/150 HMX 100156995 SH 28 7 6487 1.00 6.00 6.45 *
5
30/150 RDX 100005311 SH 28 7 5/8 7877 0.83 6.65 7.61
14 25.7/128 RDX 101228756 SH/LD 28 7 5/81 6437 0.66 6.00 *
18 60/120 RDX 101269719 SH 28 7 5/81 5538 0.65 5.50 *
21 60/120 RDX 101292616 BH 21 7 5/81 5411 0.72 5.40 19B
12 45/135 RDX 101307494 Mirage 32 7 5/8 5576 0.88 6.60 19B
RDX 100157007 SH 32 7 5/8 5138 0.93 5.11 5.15
5 1/8 14 25.7/128
HMX 100157011 SH 32 7 5/8 5250 0.94 5.83 5.90
21 60/120 RDX 101292616 BH 21 7 5/8 6246 0.74 5.65 5.99 *
RDX 101307494 Mirage 32 8 5/8 6230 0.80 5.67 *
5 3/4 14 25.7/128
RDX 100157007 SH 32 8 5/8 6498 0.75 5.87 6.31 *
12 or 45/135 RDX 101304878 Mirage BH 47 8 5/8 7043 1.07 5.60 19B
6 1/2
14 138 RDX 101304878 Mirage BH 47 9 5/82 5088 0.91 6.80 19B
HMX 101207997 Millennium 39 9 5/8 6397 0.42 38.70 19B
12 45/135
HMX 101207997 Millennium 39 9 5/8 7006 0.36 43.30 47.63
RDX 101228037 Mirage SH 39 9 5/8 5746 1.03 4.70 19B
12 or 45/135
7 RDX 101304878 Mirage 47 9 5/8 6178 1.07 6.10 19B
14 138
RDX 101213474 SH 56.5 9 5/8 5975 1.29 5.80 19B
12 45/135 RDX 101212693 SH/LD 56.5 9 5/8 6040 1.16 5.00 19B
18 60/120 HMX 101414821 Mirage 45 9 7/84 6100 1.10 6.10 *
1
7 5/8 in. 47 lb P-110 casing
2
9 5/8 in. 71 lb N-80 casing
3 Gas gun, test conducted in dry casing
4
62.8# C-110 casing
*Indicates Un-official or QC data
**API RP 4th Edition data
Notes:
Charge performance data is API RP43F 5th Edition unless otherwise noted.
1. Actual performance may vary due to well conditions.
2.19B data can be obtained at:
http://compositelist.api.org/ProductList.ASP?Company=Jet%20Research%20Center%20(Halliburton)&Licenses=vwQPLicensesActive.license_id=3514#19B-0005
3.The unofficial data for 4-5/8 G-Force guns obtained from official API test shots at different phasing.

4-28 VannGun® Assemblies

 Gun Washover/Fishing Specifications
Minimum Casing
Gun OD Size
in.* Maximum Shot (for washing over
Gun Size (Gun OD after (Density) per foot w/o
in. shooting) SPF milling guns)

1.745 4
1.563 4 in.
1.76 6
2.166 4
2 4 in.
2.203 6
TBD* 4
2.5 4.5 in. 13.5 #/ft
2.67 6
2.97 4
2.75 2.79 5 4.5 in. 9.5 #/ft
3.09 6
3.125 3.25 9 5 in. 15 #/ft
3.68 4
3.375 3.68 6 5.5 in. 23 #/ft
3.53 12
4 4.26 6 6 5/8 in. 35 #/ft
4.87 5
4.88 6
4.86 8
4.625 7 in. 35 #/ft
4.87 11
4.96 12
4.79 14
5.2 12
5 5.3 14 7 in. 26 #/ft/**
5.23 18
5.41 6
5.21 12
5.125 7 5/8 in. 39 #/ft
5.38 14
5.36 21
6 6.79 12 9 5/8 in.
6.5 6.76 14 9 5/8 in. 71.8 #/ft
7.14 12
7 9 5/8 in. 58.4 #/ft
7.15 14
*Worst Case-Atmospheric pressure, submerged in water.
**It is possible to washover 5 in. guns in 7 in. 29-lb casing, but washover pipe to be used is
not a common size and is difficult to find.

VannGun® Assemblies 4-29

 Gun Swell Information
Gun Charge Test Results

Shot Phase Charge Explosive Weight Tested In Maximum Swell

OD SPF deg Part No. Type gm Air/Water in.

60 100157028 1.760
1 9/16 6 Millennium™ 3.4 water
0 100157028 1.705
4 0 100008017 air 2.246
SDP
60 100008017 2.221
2 6.8
6 0 101208224 water 2.177
Millennium
60 101208224 2.225
2 1/2 6 60 101206251 DP 11 water 2.680
4 22 LS 100158220 13 2.781
DP LD
100158220 13 2.810
5 180 water
100157026 SDP 14.7 2.971
100005329 12.5 2.853
DP
100005329 12.5 air 2.898
2 3/4
100158220 DP LD 13 2.893
60
6 101206793 BH 14.7 2.850
100010399 SDP 14.7 water 2.954
101233817 15 2.892
Millennium
60 LS 101233817 15 2.915
2 7/8 6 60 101233817 Millennium 15 water 3.047
2 7/8 HW 6 60 101233817 Millennium 15 air 3.044
G-Force® 180 101233817 Millennium 15 water 3.42
100005322 32 air 3.676
60
100005327 DP 32 3.592
4
90 100005327 32 water 3.555
180 100008249 SDP 25 3.546
100005333 DP 22 air 3.610
60 100008249 SDP 25 3.600
3 3/8
101207640 SDP LD 24 3.615
6
60 LS 100008249 SDP 25 3.600
101233819 Millennium 25 3.645
60 water
101309223 Dominator® 25 3.695
8 180 100008251 14 3.458
12 100008251 BH 14 3.520
30/150
12 100005312 14 3.568
4 90 101210636 Millennium 39 water 4.260
4
7 150 101228756 SH LD 28 water 4.280

4-30 VannGun® Assemblies

 Gun Swell Information
Gun Charge Test Results

Shot Phase Charge Explosive Weight Tested In Maximum Swell

OD SPF deg Part No. Type gm Air/Water in.

G-Force® 180 100005327 DP 32 water 4.696

60 101210636 Millennium™ 39 air 4.944
5
45/135 101321963 SH 56.5 water 4.904
100005327 32 air 4.876
6 60 DP
100005327 32 water 4.806
100005326 23 air 4.860
DP LD
8 180 100005326 23 4.780
100005311 SH 28 4.770
4 5/8
11 140/160 100005324 22.7 4.868
DP
100014352 23 4.834
100005340 DP LD 22.7 4.925
water
12 30/150 100005326 BH LD 22.7 4.840
100005311 SH 4.813
101228756 SH LD 28 4.895
14 25.7/128.5 100005311 SH 4.790
18 45/135 100156990 BH 20 4.730
12 30/150 100005311 5.196
SH
100005311 5.207
14 25.7/128.5 28
5 101228756 SH LD water 5.304
18 101269719 SH 5.229
60/120
21 101292616 BH 21 5.198
6 45/135 101240223 SH 56.5 5.413
12 30/150 100005326 BH LD 22.7 5.210
5 1/8 water
14 25.7/128.5 100157007 SH 32 5.332
21 60/120 101292616 BH 20 5.268
5 3/4 14 25.7/128.5 101272769 SH LD 34 water 5.945

14 138 101304878 ® 47 6.685

Mirage BH
6 1/2 water
12 45/135 101212693 SH LD 56.5 6.715
6 1/2 HP 12 45/135 101212693 SH LD 56.5 water 6.762
12 45/135 101210063 SH LD 7.125
7 56.5 water
14 138 101213474 SH 7.143
The above chart was taken from actual tests conducted by Halliburton Technology on RDX and HMX charges. It can be used as a
general guideline for all explosives. If you have questions regarding these systems, or systems that are not listed, please contact
your local Halliburton representative.
All tests were conducted at ambient temperature and pressure.

VannGun® Assemblies 4-31

VannGun® Pressure Ratings
Halliburton VannGun® assemblies have remained an
industry-leading product because of Halliburton’s
commitment to high quality construction. Halliburton uses
only the best materials and conducts rigorous tests to ensure
a reliable VannGun assembly.
VannGun assemblies are rated to a specific collapse and
tensile strength. Each system is qualified at 450°F (232°C)
and meets all the requirements of API RP 19B Section 3:
Evaluation of Well Perforators. All VannGun assemblies are
made of a high quality seamless tubular that must meet strict
metallurgical and mechanical property standards.
In addition to these requirements, during testing, each test
gun is cut with a minimum scallop thickness to ensure the
scallop is not a failure point. Using these criteria also reduces
any additional strength a thicker scallop may bring to the
area around the scallop.
Once a VannGun collapse test has been conducted and
documented, the information is reviewed. If a VannGun
assembly is collapsed during testing, the initial gun rating is
reduced to the last pressure at which it survived for one hour.
If no failure occurred, the VannGun initial rating will be the
last pressure at which the gun survived for one hour before
the testing was terminated.
After the initial rating has been determined, the rating is
reduced to reflect a gun cut to minimum material
conditions. This ensures that even if a VannGun assembly
is manufactured to the worst allowable tolerances, it will
still survive the pressure rating. After the adjustment is
made for minimum material conditions, the gun rating is
lowered again so there is a minimum safety factor of 5% as
required by API RP 19B Section 3: Evaluation of Well
Perforators. These calculations may be found in the section
marked “Collapse Rating Calculations” for each VannGun
assembly tested.
In some instances, the maximum collapse pressure rating of
VannGun assemblies may be higher than tested since the
pressure chamber used to qualify most VannGun assemblies
do not exceed a pressure of 30,000 psi (2068 bar). A pressure
chamber that allowed higher pressures in some cases would
allow higher ratings for VannGun assemblies.
4-32
The raw material and test criteria under which VannGun
assemblies must be tested help ensure every VannGun run
will survive the required collapse pressure rating.
Thermal Decomposition of
Explosives
Explosives are energetic materials with decomposition rates
that are exponential functions of temperature. At room
temperature, where the decomposition rate is extremely
small, the effective shelf life of an explosive can be one
million years. However, the same material will react within
microseconds at 825oC. Other decomposition rates and
corresponding lifetimes exist between these two extremes.
The decomposition of explosives is a process that generates
heat and releases gaseous by-products. This decomposition is
called “thermal outgassing” and if the heat generated by
decomposition can be balanced by heat dissipation to the
surroundings, then the explosive quietly decomposes until
none remains. If, however, the heat generated by
decomposition is not removed quickly enough, then it is
possible for the process to become unstable and the reaction
to accelerate uncontrollably until an explosion occurs
(sometimes called “thermal runaway”). The process can be
stated in simple terms.
Rate of Rate of heat Rate of heat
temperature generation loss to the
rise in the = due to - surroundings
explosive decomposition due to
conduction
The first term on the right-hand side of the equation is an
exponential function of temperatures. The second term is
linear with respect to temperature. Thus, it becomes
apparent that as the temperature increases, the heat
generated by decomposition quickly begins to dominate and
can result in a variety of outcomes, including catastrophic
thermal explosion. To aggravate the process further, it is also
possible that the gaseous by-products generated by
decomposition can serve as catalysts to the reaction, thus
increasing the rate even more.
VannGun® Assemblies
The outcomes of thermal decomposition are somewhat
distinct and can be divided into the following categories:
• Full detonation—a supersonic reaction consuming all
explosive material. Fragments are formed from metallic
charge cases, and jets are produced from lined cavity
devices.
• Partial detonation— some of the energetic material is
consumed by detonation, but other explosive material may
be thrown burning or unreacted. The reaction along the
length of the explosive train may cut off.
• Explosion (strong deflagration)— a subsonic but rapid
burning of the explosive material leading to violent
rupture of confining cases and pressure vessels.
• Deflagration—a slightly less rapid reaction than an
explosion but still sufficiently strong enough to rupture
cases and pressure vessels into large, relatively slow-
moving pieces.
• Burning (weak deflagration)—a consumption of energetic
material by flame. No significant breakup of cases or
metallic components occur. The “shell” of detonating cord
may remain intact.
• Exudation (extrusion)—the energetic material extrudes,
or flows out of its confining structure. Exudation may
result in the energetic material coming into contact with
other materials not chemically compatible with energetics,
which may stimulate more violent reactions.
• Performance degradation— no violent reactions have
occurred, but the explosive has thermally degraded to the
point it compromises performance and/or reliability.
• Quiet decomposition— the explosive has decomposed at a
rate corresponding to its thermal history, but the amount
of decomposition is so slight it does not compromise
performance or reliability.
VannGun® Assemblies
In order to provide guidelines for quiet decomposition
versus violent events, time-temperature curves have been
generated for various explosives. As long as conditions
remain below the time-temperature curve for a given
explosive, it will function properly.
If conditions go above the curve, quiet decomposition may
or may not take place, which means it is entirely possible that
a violent event can occur. Thus, procedures are in place to
stay below the curves. It is also important to recognize that
no safety factor has been built into these curves, and this
must be accounted for when planning any downhole job
requiring the use of energetic materials. Always consider the
accuracy of the bottomhole temperature and how long the
explosives will remain at that temperature under worst case
conditions. Adjust accordingly. Past experience related to
exposure time has shown that a minimum safety factor of
50% should be applied when choosing the explosive type.
For example, if the estimated time on bottom is 60 hours,
then add 30 hours for a total of 90 hours when selecting an
explosive from the time-temperature chart.
The curve is applicable only for hollow carrier guns where
the explosive is exposed solely to the effects of temperature.
In the case of capsule guns, where detonation cord is exposed
to both temperature and pressure, the time-temperature
relationship is different. Also, the dotted-line portions of the
curves are extrapolations of what the time-temperature
relationships would be for longer exposure times. For any
jobs that fall in these extrapolated ranges of time, it is
mandatory that an explosive systems test be conducted at
Halliburton Technology.
For more information on the subject of thermal
decomposition, please contact your local Halliburton
representative.
4-33
Time Vs. Temperature Chart
Operational Limits for Hollow Carrier Gun Systems
650

600

550

500
Temperature °F

450 PYX

400 HNS
350

300

250 HMX

200 RDX

150
1 10 100 1000
TIME (Hours)

CONTACT HALLIBURTON TECHNOLOGY FOR RECOMMENDATIONS AND POSSIBLE NEED

FOR SYSTEMS TESTING.

343

316

288

260
Temperature °C

232 PYX

204 HNS

177

149

121 HMX

93 RDX
66
1 10 100 1000
TIME (Hours)

CONTACT HALLIBURTON TECHNOLOGY FOR RECOMMENDATIONS AND POSSIBLE NEED

FOR SYSTEMS TESTING.

Notes:
1. This chart is valid for the explosive train inside hollow carrier guns only: Non-electric boosters,
detonating cord, and shaped charges.
2. It is not valid for TCP firing systems, electric detonators, or capsule guns.
3. Contact your local Halliburton representative for information regarding these other components.

4-34 VannGun® Assemblies


Firing Heads
Time Vs. Temperature Charts (page 4)
These charts display time vs. temperature for the PYX
initiator, time-delay firer, and high temperature initiator.
Detonation Interruption Device (page 5)
The detonation interruption device provides added safety
for the VannSystem® service by helping to prevent firing at
surface conditions. The detonation device contains eutectic
metal that has a very low melting point. When the metal is
in a solid state, the firing head could detonate, but the
explosive train will not transmit through the interrupt
device to the guns.
Mechanical Firing Head (page 6)
The extended mechanical firing head (MFH) is a special
application tool that should only be used when well
conditions preclude use of an alternate firing device.
Model II-D and III-D Mechanical Firing Head
(pages 7-8)
The model II-D and III-D mechanical firing heads are
pressure-assisted mechanical firing heads. The detonating
bar strikes the firing pin, releasing the firing piston.
Hydrostatic pressure then forces the firing piston into
the initiator.
Pressure-Actuated Firing Head (page 9)
The pressure-actuated firing head can run with small OD
tubing or coiled tubing to detonate small OD perforating
guns and is detonated by applied pressure.
Model K Firing Head (page 10)
The model K firing heads were developed for conditions that
are unfavorable for dropping a detonating bar in a horizontal
well. The model K firing head is a pressure-sensitive tool
designed to hydraulically detonate at a prescribed pressure.
These firing heads use tubing pressure applied to a piston-
type firing pin.
Model KV-II Firing Head (page 11)
Combining a firing head with a vent assembly, the model
KV-II firing head makes firing of the guns and opening of the
vent one operation instead of two. This tool helps allow the
operator more accurate control of when the vent opens in
relation to when the guns fire.
Firing Heads
Firing Heads
Time-Delay Firer (page 12)
The time-delay firer (TDF) allows under- or overbalanced
perforating through the use of a pressure-actuated firing
head with a time delay fuse. With the delay fuse, there is time
for adjusting the actuating pressure in the tubing to achieve
the desired pressure before firing the guns.
Multiaction-Delay Firing Head (page 13)
The multiaction-delay firing head is a pressure-actuated
redundant firing system that can be run with any one of
several other firing heads.
Annulus Pressure Firer-Control Line (page 14)
The annulus pressure firer-control line (APF-C) was
developed as a dual-firing system that allows the perforating
guns to be detonated by annular pressure, a drop bar, or
tubing pressure. The APF-C system consists of a pressure
transfer reservoir, a sleeve through the packer mandrel, an
adapter below the packer, and a control line to transmit
pressure from the annulus above the packer to the APF-C
firing head assembly on top of the guns. Any of the
mechanical or pressure-firing heads can be attached to the
top of the APF-C firing head.
Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir (page 15)
The annulus pressure transfer reservoir (APTR) is an integral
component of the APF-C. It is the mechanism that transmits
pressure from above the packer to a differential pressure or
pressure-actuated firing head on top of the perforating
assembly.
Slimhole Annulus Pressure Firer—Internal
Control (page 16)
The slimhole annulus pressure transfer reservoir (APTR)
system assembles in a similar manner to the 7-in. and
9 5/8-in. APTR systems. Only two design changes have been
implemented in the new 5-in. APTR system. First, a series of
concentric tubes below the packer replaces the control line
from larger APTR systems. Second, a single tube mandrel
runs through the packer, replacing the series of threaded tube
mandrels from the larger APTR systems.
5-1
Differential Firing Head (page 17)
The differential firing head was designed to allow
underbalanced perforating with a differential pressure-
actuated firing system. The firing head works by requiring
the internal pressure to be greater than the external pressure.
This condition can be created when pressure is applied to the
ID or when the OD pressure is reduced. The pressure
required to actuate the firing head may be lower than that
used for other pressure-operated firing heads because it is
operated by differential pressure.
Hydraulic Actuator Firing Head and Swivel-Type
Hydraulic Actuator Firing Head (page 18)
The hydraulic actuator firing head (HAF) is a pressure-
balanced tool that automatically fills the tubing string while
it is running in the well. A stainless steel ball is dropped from
the surface or circulated into position. Pressure applied to the
tubing string actuates the HAF. A smaller swivel-type
hydraulic actuator firing head incorporates a swivel into the
firing head assembly, which allows the lower portion of the
firing head and the attached explosive assembly to rotate
independently from the tubing string.
Mechanical Metering Hydraulic-Delay
Firing Head (page 19)
The mechanical metering hydraulic-delay firing head
provides a retrievable firing system with an adjustable delay
for situations where longer delay times are needed. Delay
time can be adjusted and is affected by temperature, tool
weight above the piston, the number of jets used, and the
amount of fluid in the tool.
Slickline-Retrievable Mechanical Firing Head
(page 20)
The slickline-retrievable mechanical firing head is designed
to give customers flexibility in completing a well. It can be
run attached to the guns, separately from the guns, or using
an auto-release firing mechanism. The firing head latches
onto the guns and provides a positive indication that it is
attached. The system can be run with a mechanically
operated head or a pressure-operated head. It is designed so
80% of the parts are used in all three applications allowing
for more flexibility with less inventory.
5-2
Slickline-Retrievable Time-Delay Firer
Firing Head (page 22)
The slickline-retrievable time-delay firer (TDF) firing head
combines two assemblies—the slickline-retrievable firing
head and a 1 11/16 in. TDF firing head. It is a pressure-
actuated firing head with built-in pyrotechnic time delay.
Extended Delay Fuses (page 23)
Delay fuses are explosive devices with a slow burning fuse.
Extended and modular delay fuses add time between the
actuation of the firing head and the actual detonation of the
guns. Each delay fuse lasts for six minutes at 70°F.
Modular Mechanical Firing Head (page 24)
Mechanical firing head is designed to be a retrievable firing
system utilizing a standard mechanical firing head with a
specialized drop bar for detonation. This system will allow
the operator the flexibility to run the gun assemblies
independently of the firing system. Once the guns are in
place, the firing head is set on the top module and released.
The perforation assembly is detonated by use of a special
fluted bar dropped from surface.
HalSonics® Firing Head (page 26)
The HalSonics® firing head system is designed to actuate
tubing conveyed perforating guns and may be conveyed by
tubing, slickline, or electric line. This system can overcome
obstacles in jobs where bar-drop or pressure actuated firing
heads are not technically feasible or economically practical to
detonate the downhole perforating assembly. In addition,
this system can be utilized when extensive well fluid
manipulations are required or where multiple pressure cycles
are performed prior to perforating. The HalSonics firing
head is also ideal for applications where extremely long delay
times are required with traditional delay type firing systems.
Firing Heads
Side-Pocket Mandrel Firing Head (page 28)
The side-pocket mandrel firing head is useful in well
conditions when the use of a pressure-actuated firing head
run with a Y-block is not possible. Side-pocket systems are
used on single-string, multi-zone completions as well as
standard dual completions. A model III-D mechanical firing
head is attached to the short string side of the mandrel and
the firing head is detonated with a kickover tool run on
slickline.
Firing Heads
Annulus Pressure Crossover Assembly (page 29)
The annulus pressure crossover assembly allows the use of
annulus pressure to actuate any one of several firing heads.
The assembly is compatible with retrievable packers of all
types and sizes.
EZ Cycle™ Multi-Pressure Cycle Firing Head
(page 30)
The EZ Cycle™ firing head is a pressure-operated tool that
can be cycled several times prior to firing the perforating
guns. Several pressure operations can also be performed on
the well including tubing testing, packer setting and packer
testing prior to firing the perforating guns.
5-3
 PYX Initiator TDF & HTI – Time Vs. Temperature Chart
500

450
450 PYX
437
Temperature (deg F)

HTI
TDF
425
400
1. Temps noted on the graph are actual test points. 395
PYX initiator -- 450 deg F @ 100 hrs 437 deg F @ 200 hrs
HTI -- 437 deg F @ 200 hrs 395 deg F @ 500 hrs 375
TDF -- 425 deg F @ 200 hrs 375 deg F @ 500 hrs
350 2. The dashed lines are extrapolations out to 1000 hrs.
3. If you have an application for any of these items that exceeds either the time or temps of
the actual test data as shown on this graph, we would recommend a qualification test be
done.
THESE RATINGS ARE FOR SPECIFIC SCIENTIFIC MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS ONLY
300
1 10 100 1000
Time (hr)
TDF HTI PYX

PYX Initiator, TDF & HTI – Time Vs. Temperature Chart (Metric)
250

PYX 232
225
HTI
Temperature (deg C)

TDF
218
202
200
1. Temps noted on the graph are actual test points.
PYX initiator -- 232 deg C @ 100 hrs 225 deg C @ 200 hrs
191
HTI -- 225 deg C @ 200 hrs 202 deg C @ 500 hrs
TDF -- 218 deg C @ 200 hrs 191 deg C @ 500 hrs
2. The dashed lines are extrapolations out to 1000 hrs.
3. If you have an application for any of these items that exceeds either the time or temps
of the actual test data as shown on this graph we would recommend a qualification test
be done.
THESE RATINGS ARE FOR SPECIFIC SCIENTIFIC MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS ONLY.
150
1 10 100 1000
Time (hr)
TDF HTI PYX

5-4 Firing Heads

Detonation Interruption Device

The detonation interruption device (DID) provides added

safety for the VannSystem® service by helping to prevent
firing at surface conditions. This device contains a eutectic
metal that has a very low melting point. When the metal is
in a solid state, the firing head could detonate, but the
explosive train will not transmit through the interrupt
device to the guns.

Features and Benefits

• Compatible with other firing heads
• Disables transmission of explosive train at the surface
• Used with redundant firing heads

Operation
The eutectic metal will remain solid as the assembly lowers
into the hole (assuming the tool temperature is below 117°F).
When exposed to the bottomhole temperature (minimum
135°F for operational purposes), the metal becomes liquid,
allowing the transfer of the explosive train from the firing
head to the gun.

To help prevent accidental gun detonation when lowering or

retrieving unfired guns, the metal returns to a solid state
upon reaching a cooler surface temperature.
HAL10519

Note: The eutectic material utilized actually melts at 117°F.

At 117°F or above, the DID assembly will not prevent
detonation. For safe operation, it should be assumed that Detonation Interruption Device
detonation transfer will occur if the tool is at or above 110°F.

Detonation Interruption Device (DID) Specifications

Thread Size Maximum Operating Minimum Required
and Type Maximum OD Makeup Length Pressure Temperature Rating Tensile Strength
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) °F (°C) lb (kg)
2 (50.8) 6 2.50 1.58 135 121,000
100155745 N/A
Acme 2G (63.5) (0.48) (57) (54 885)
2 3/8 (60.33) 6P 2.75 3.70 20,000 135 140,000
101204860
Acme Box × Pin (69.85) (1.13) (1380) (57) (63 400)
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P 3.375 3.04 25,000 135 246,000
100155746
Acme Box × Pin (85.73) (0.93) (1725) (57) (111 500)
Maximum temperature is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-5

Mechanical Firing Head

The extended mechanical firing head (MFH) is a special

application tool. It should be used only when well conditions
preclude the use of an alternate firing device. Whenever it is
used on a job, the MFH must be used according to
Halliburton standard operating procedures.

Operation
The operation of the MFH depends on the amount of force
delivered to the firing pin by the detonating bar. This firing
pin must be hit with enough force to shear the spiral pin,
which holds the firing pin in place, and to detonate the
initiator. The firing pin is driven into a percussion detonator,
which fires the guns.

The detonation interruption device (DID) and a minimum

of 10 ft of safety spacer must always be used with the MFH.

HAL15376
HAL15358

Mechanical Firing Firing Head

Head (MFH) Sub-Assembly

Mechanical Firing Head (MFH) Specifications

Thread Size Make-up Length Maximum Operating Minimum ID Tensile Strength
and Type Maximum OD (w/tubing sub) Pressure (No-Go) (FH Body)
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) in. (mm) lb (kg)

1 7/16 (36.51) 8 UN 2 B Box × 2.0 1.48 20,000 1.53 60,000

100155741
1.90 (48.26) NU 10 Rd Pin (50.8) (.45) (1380) (38.86) (27 200)
1.90 (48.26) NU 10 Rd Pin × 2.75 4.92 20,000 1.56 140,000
100005223
2 3/8 (60.33) 6P Acme Box (69.85) (1.50) (1380) (39.62) (63 400)
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 8 Rd Pin × 3.375 4.92 20,000 1.56 238,000
100005228
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme Box (85.73) (1.50) (1380) (39.62) (107 900)
Burst and collapse pressures are determined by handling sub.
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

5-6 Firing Heads

Model II-D Mechanical Firing Head

The model II-D mechanical firing head is a pressure-assisted

mechanical firing head. The detonating bar strikes the firing
pin, releasing the firing piston. Hydrostatic pressure then
forces the firing piston into the initiator.

Features and Benefits

• Cannot be detonated accidentally at surface
• Ideal for use in mud environments where spudding may be
necessary
• Used in deviated wells

Operation
The model II-D firing head requires a minimum of 1,500 psi
hydrostatic pressure in the tubing to actuate the firing head
properly.

Adding more pressure to the tubing after the detonating bar

has struck the firing pin will not actuate the firing head.
HAL15377

HAL15378

Model II-D Mechanical Model II-D Mechanical

Firing Head Firing Head Assembly

Model II-D Mechanical Firing Head Specifications

Maximum Minimum Tensile
Maximum Minimum ID Makeup Length Operating Operating Strength
Thread Size and Type OD (No-Go) (w/tubing sub) Pressure Pressure (FH body)
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg)

1.90 (48.26) EUE 10 Rd

2.75 1.56 4.92 20,000 1,500 140,000
100014156 Pin × 2 3/8 (60.33)
(69.85) (39.62) (1.50) (1380) (103) (63 400)
6P Acme Box
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 8 Rd Pin 3.375 1.56 4.92 20,000 1,500 238,000
100005227
× 2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme (85.73) (39.62) (1.50) (1380) (103) (107 900)
Burst and collapse pressures are determined by handling sub.
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-7

Model III-D Mechanical Firing Head

The model III-D mechanical firing head is a pressure-assisted

mechanical firing head. The detonating bar strikes the firing
pin, releasing the firing piston. Hydrostatic pressure then
forces the firing piston into the initiator.

The model III-D firing head requires a minimal amount of

hydrostatic pressure to actuate the firing head.

Features and Benefits

• Cannot be detonated accidentally at surface
• Requires minimal hydrostatic pressure to actuate the firing
head
• Ideal for use in mud environments where spudding may
be necessary
• Used in deviated wells

Operation
The model III-D firing head requires a minimum of 250 psi
hydrostatic pressure in the tubing to actuate the firing head
properly. This minimal actuating pressure is ideal for
applications that require maximum differential pressures.
HAL15380
If a detonating bar is dropped on the model III-D firing head
HAL15379

with less than 250 psi hydrostatic pressure in the tubing, and
the head does not fire, increasing the hydrostatic pressure in
Model III-D Mechanical
the tubing may cause it to fire. Model III-D Mechanical
Firing Head Assembly
Firing Head

Model III-D Mechanical Firing Head Specifications

Makeup Maximum Minimum
Maximum Minimum ID Length Operating Operating Tensile Strength
Thread Size and Type OD (No-Go) (w/tubing sub) Pressure Pressure (FH Body)
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg)

1.90 (48.26) EUE 10 Rd Pin × 2.75 1.56 4.92 8,000 250 140,000
100155742
2 3/8 (60.33) 6P Acme Box (69.85) (39.62) (1.50) (550) (17) (63 400)
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 8 Rd Pin × 3.375 1.56 4.92 8,000 250 238,000
100005191
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme Box (85.73) (39.62) (1.50) (550) (17) (107 900)
Burst and collapse pressures are determined by handling sub.
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

5-8 Firing Heads

Pressure-Actuated Firing Head

The 1 11/16-in. pressure-actuated firing head (PAF) can run

with small-OD tubing or coiled tubing to detonate small-OD
perforating guns. The PAF is detonated by applied pressure.

Features and Benefits

• Can be run on the top and bottom of the gun assembly
• Initiates a bridge-plug setting tool
• Initiates tubing cutters
• Detonates tubing punch charges for squeeze or
circulating jobs
• Can be run to remain closed after detonation
• Can be modified to be run as a slickline-retrievable firing
head and a time-delay firing head (TDF)

Operation
The 1 11/16-in. PAF consists of an upper housing with
circulating ports, a firing piston that is shear-pinned in place
across the circulating ports, and an initiator contained in a
lower housing.

Pressure applied to the tubing string shears the shear set,

HAL10561

which forces the firing piston into the initiator to detonate

the explosive component attached to the PAF. The downward
movement of the firing piston opens the circulating ports.
Pressure-Actuated
Firing Head (PAF)

Pressure-Actuated Firing Head (PAF) Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Thread Size Maximum No. and ID Flow Area Makeup Operating Operating Tensile Collapse
and Type OD of Ports of Ports Length Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars)

1.315 (33.40) NU-10 Rd

1.688 2 @ 0.75 0.88 0.73 17,000 2,200 65,000 27,000
100005224 Pin × 17/16 (36.51)
(42.88) (19.05) (5.68) (0.22) (1170) (150) (29 400) (1860)
8 UN-2 B Box
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-9

Model K Firing Head

The model K firing head was developed
for conditions that are unfavorable for
dropping a detonating bar in a
horizontal well. The model K firing
head is a pressure-sensitive tool
designed to hydraulically detonate at a
prescribed pressure. These firing heads
use tubing pressure applied to a piston-
type firing pin.
Features and Benefits
• Allows the operator to determine the
exact time of firing the guns since the
firing heads require a predetermined
pressure before the guns can fire
• Works with full-opening or non-full-
opening downhole tools
• Ideal for balanced or overbalanced
perforating
• Can be used for dual completions,
drillstem testing, or production
perforating
• Well-suited for highly deviated well
completions
• Can be run on the top or bottom of
the perforating assembly
• Can be easily redressed
Operation
The model K firing head is designed to
provide a reliable and cost-effective
method for firing guns using
hydrostatic pressure. Each firing head
contains a firing piston that is shear-
pinned in place above an initiator. The
number of shear pins used varies for
each well situation.
When enough hydrostatic pressure is
applied to the piston, the shear pins
shear, thereby allowing the firing pin on
the lower end of the piston to be driven
into the initiator. This action detonates
the guns. These firing heads do not
have a built-in delay.
HAL15381
Model K Firing Head

Model K Firing Head Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Makeup Operating Operating Tensile Collapse
Thread Size and Type Maximum OD Length Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars)
2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd Box × 3.375 1.25 13,000 4,000 220,000 30,000
100014211
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme Box (85.73) (0.38) (895) (275) (99 700) (2070)
2 7/8 (60.33) 6P Acme Box × 6.12 1.13 13,000 4,000 1,000,000 30,000
993.01082*
4 1/2 (114.3) IF Box × Pin (155.45) (0.34) (895) (275) (453 500) (2070)
*Legacy number

Model K-II Firing Head Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Maximum Makeup Operating Operating Collapse
Thread Size and Type OD Length Pressure Pressure Tensile Strength Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars)
1.90 (48.26) EUE 10 Rd Pin × 2.75 1.24 19,500 4,000 187,000 25,000
100005190
2 3/8 (60.33) 6P Acme Box (69.85) (0.38) (1345) (275) (84 800) (1725)
2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd Box × 3.375 1.64 19,500 4,000 220,000 30,000
100014215
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme Box (85.73) (0.50) (1345) (275) (99 700) (2070)
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

5-10 Firing Heads

Model KV-II Firing Head

The model KV-II firing head makes the Operation

firing of the guns and the opening of
the vent one operation rather than two.
This tool allows the operator more
accurate control of when the vent opens
in relation to when the guns fire.
Features and Benefits
• Useful in wells with open
perforations where it is not possible
to pressure up on the wellbore to
actuate a firing head
• Useful in perforating and stimulation
jobs where the tubing pressure
exceeds the limitations of the casing
• Useful because the firing head and
vent operate at one pressure
• Ideal for deviated wells
• Piston mechanically locked after
firing
In many tubing conveyed perforating
applications, it is either desirable or
necessary to keep the tubing closed
until the guns have been detonated. In
the past, the tubing was kept closed by a
firing head with some type of vent
assembly. Coordination between the
two tools was sometimes hard to
achieve, and the vent often opened
either too soon or too late. The model
KV-II firing head combines a firing
head and a vent assembly.
In the model KV-II firing head, a piston
is sheared to cause the guns to detonate
and the ports to open and equalize (or
vent) pressure. This venting feature
allows operators to run the tubing in
the hole dry if needed. In the standard
KV-II firing head, the ports in the tool
open the instant the firing head is
actuated and the guns detonate. To
delay the gun detonation, one or more
delay devices may be added to the
assembly.
HAL15459

Model KV-II
Firing Head

Model KV-II Firing Head Specifications

Maximum Minimum Maximum
Thread Size Maximum Minimum Makeup Operating Operating Differential Tensile
and Type OD Flow Area Length Pressure Pressure Pressure Strength
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg)

2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 8 Rd Pin × 2.75 2.79 1.33 25,000 3,000 15,000 145,000
100014153
2 3/8 6P Acme Box (69.85) (18.0) (0.41) (1725) (206) (1035) (65 700)
2 7/8 (72.88) EUE 8 Rd Pin × 3.375 3.14 1.43 25,000 4,000 15,000 235,000
100014155
2 7/8 6P Acme Box (85.73) (20.27) (0.44) (1725) (275) (1035) (106 600)
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-11

Time-Delay Firer

The time-delay firer (TDF) allows Operation

under- or overbalanced perforating
through the use of a pressure-actuated The TDF is run with a predetermined
firing head with a time-delay fuse. The number of shear pins for specific well
delay fuse allows 4 to 6 minutes for conditions. The tubing is pressured to
adjusting the actuating pressure in the the maximum actuating pressure
tubing to achieve the desired pressure slowly. The maximum pressure shears
before firing the guns. the pins in the shear set and forces the
firing piston into the primer. The
primer ignites the pyrotechnic delay
Features and Benefits fuse. The delay fuse burns for a
predetermined time (between 4 and 6
• Allows independent perforating of minutes) depending on the bottomhole
selected zones temperature and detonates the
• Allows maximum use of under- or perforating assembly.
overbalanced pressure
• Can be run in heavy mud systems
• Can be used with full-opening or
non-full-opening tools
• Reduces cost by allowing the running
of multiple guns without gun spacers
• Ideal for production completions,
drillstem testing, and dual
completions
• Recommended for running on the
HAL15382

top and bottom of gun assemblies

• Allows additional time-delay
elements as needed for increasing Time-Delay
delay time Firer (TDF)

Time-Delay Firer (TDF) Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Thread Size Maximum Makeup Operating Operating Temperature Tensile Collapse
and Type OD Length Pressure Pressure Rating Strength Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) °F (°C) lb (kg) psi (bars)

1 7/16 (36.51) 8 UN-2 B Box × 1.688 2.16 17,000 2,200 425 (218) for 56,000 20,000
100014157
1.315 (33.4) NU-10 Rd Pin (42.88) (0.65) (1170) (150) 200 hours (25 400) (1380)
1.90 (48.26) EUE 10 Rd Pin × 2.50 1.69 24,000 4,000 415 (213) for 120,000 30,000
100005231
2 (50.8) 6P Acme Box (63.5) (0.52) (1655) (275) 100 hours (54 432) (2070)
2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd Pin × 3.375 1.81 13,000 4,000 425 (218) for 220,000 30,000
100005230
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme Box (85.73) (0.55) (895) (275) 200 hours (99 700) (2070)
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

5-12 Firing Heads

Multiaction-Delay Firing Head

The multiaction-delay firing head is a pressure-actuated

redundant firing system that can be run with any one of
several other firing heads.

Features and Benefits

• Allows the use of a redundant firing head without having a
firing head on the bottom of the gun string
• Allows multiple redundancy when a multiaction firing
head is placed on both the top and bottom of the gun
string
• Allows operators to postpone the decision of whether to
use the bar drop or pressure side of the firing head as the
primary firing mechanism
• Allows use of additional delay elements

Operation
One side of the multiaction firing head will always be
pressure-actuated. The other side of the firing head may be a
bar drop-type head or another pressure-actuated firing head.
Either side of the firing head may be used as the primary or
backup firing system.
HAL10511

Multiaction-Delay
Firing Head

Multiaction-Delay Firing Head Specifications

Thread Size and Makeup Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Tensile Collapse
Type Maximum OD Length Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars)
2 3/8 (60.33) 6P 3.10 3.41 18,000 4,000 170,000 22,000
100155753
Acme Box × Pin (78.74) (1.04) (1240) (275) (77 100) (1515)
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P 3.375 3.41 25,000 4,000 201,000 29,000
100155750
Acme Box × Pin (85.73) (1.04) (1725) (275) (91 100) (2000)
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-13

Annulus Pressure Firer-Control Line

The annulus pressure firer-control line • Can be run with a mechanical or

(APF-C) was developed as a dual-firing
system that allows the perforating guns
to be detonated by annular pressure, a
drop bar, or tubing pressure. The
APF-C system consists of a pressure
transfer reservoir, a sleeve through the
packer mandrel, an adapter below the
packer, and a control line to transmit
pressure from the annulus above the
packer to the APF-C firing head
assembly on top of the guns. Any of the
mechanical or pressure-firing heads can
be attached to the top of the APF-C
firing head.
Features and Benefits
• Can be used with non-full-opening
test tools and partially filled tubing
strings
• Can be used for drillstem testing or
shoot-and-pull for gravel packs
• Can be used wherever a pressure-
actuated tool is desirable
• Ideal for deviated wells
• Provides a system of two firing heads
pressure-actuated firing head as a
secondary firing mechanism
• Enhances safety because the annulus-
operated portion is pressure balanced
before the packer is set and the tester
valve is opened
Operation
The APF-C system depends on the
transfer of annular pressure through
the packer down to the APF-C firing
head. This pressure creates a differential
pressure across the mandrel where the
firing piston is housed. When the
predetermined differential pressure is
reached, the pins shear and the mandrel
moves up and releases the firing piston,
which is driven down by rathole
pressure. The piston strikes the firing
pin which detonates the initiator.
The operation of the drop bar or
pressure-actuated firing head depends
on which firing head system is used.
HAL10515

on top of the guns

Annulus Pressure
Firer-Control Line (APF-C)
Firing Head

Annulus Pressure Firer-Control Line (APF-C) Specifications

Thread Size Maximum Makeup Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Tensile Collapse
and Type OD Length Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars)
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P 3.68 3.70 20,000 250 174,000 17,000
100156138
Acme Box × Pin (93.47) (1.13) (1380) (17) (78 900) (1170)
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

5-14 Firing Heads

Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir

The annulus pressure transfer reservoir (APTR) is an integral

component of the annulus pressure firer-control line
(APF-C). The APTR is the mechanism that transmits pressure
from above the packer to a differential pressure or pressure-
actuated firing (PAF) head on top of the perforating assembly.

Features and Benefits

• Features a full-opening ID
• Compatible with mud environments
Annulus Pressure
• Adapted for RTTS and CHAMP® IV packers Transfer Reservoir
• Ideal for applications that require a partial fluid column in
the tubing string
• Eliminates the need for nitrogen

Operation
Packer
The APTR transmits annulus pressure into a micro- Bottom
Connection
annulus created by the packer mandrel and the APTR
mandrel. The pressure is ported to a control-line sub on Packer Top
the lower end of the packer. A stainless steel control line Connection
Lower
connects the APTR to the pressure-responsive firing head Control-Line
Housing
on the perforating assembly.
HAL15439

HAL15440

Annulus Pressure
Transfer Reservoir (APTR)

Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir (APTR) Specifications

Maximum Minimum Length Above Length Below Tensile Burst Collapse
OD ID Top Lower Packer Packer Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) Assembly Assembly ft (m) ft (m) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)

3 1/2
2 7/8 (73.03)
5.00 2.00 4 IF Box x 5.09 1.02 328,000 18,000 15,000
100156028 EUE 8 Rd
(50.8) (50.8) 3 7/8 (1.55) (0.31) (148 700) (1240) (1035)
Box x Pin
6 Stub Acme Pin
4 1/2 4-IF Box x
6.12 2.37 4 1/2 4 IF 4.34 1.33 587,000 22,000 19,000
101016453 3 1/2 (88.90)
(155.45) (60.20) Box x Pin (1.32) (0.41) (266 200) (1515) (1310)
EUE 8 Rd Pin
Temperature rating is determined by o-rings.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-15

Slimhole Annulus Pressure Firer—Internal Control

5-in. Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir

The slimhole annulus pressure transfer reservoir (APTR)
system assembles in a similar manner to the 7-in. and
9 5/8-in. APTR systems. Only two design changes have been Ball Valve
implemented in the new 5-in. APTR system. First, a series of
concentric tubes below the packer replaces the control line
Annular Pressure
from larger APTR systems. Second, a single tube mandrel Transfer Sub
runs through the packer, replacing the series of threaded tube
Safety Joint
mandrels from the larger APTR systems.

Retrievable Packer
3 1/8-in. Internal Control
Concentric tubes eliminate the need for an external control
line in slimhole casing.

3 1/8-in. Annulus Pressure Transfer Reservoir—

Internal Control
Flow Ports
The slimhole 3 1/8-in. (APF-IC) firing head is designed for
use with the 5-in. APTR system with internal control. The
firing head design remains the same as the 3 3/8-in. APF-C
with diameter reductions in many of the component parts to
achieve a true 3.13-in. OD. Firing Head

VannGun® Assembly
HAL15403

Slimhole Annulus Pressure Firer—

Internal Control (APF-IC) Installation

Slimhole Annulus Pressure Firer—Internal Control (APF-IC) Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Makeup Operating Operating Tensile Burst Collapse
Thread Size Max OD Min ID No. of Length Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. and Type in. (mm) in. (mm) Ports ft (m) psi (bar) psi (bar) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bar)

2 3/4-in. 6P 3.13 1.25 56.41 20,000 250 87,000 10,000

101301541 2 N/A
Acme Box × Pin (79.5) (31.75) (17.2) (1378) (17) (39 463) (689)

Temperature Rating 325°F (20K psi) with Extreme Environment Kit (162°C 1.406 kg/cm2 with Extreme Environment Kit)
Call Technology for temperatures above 325°F (162°C).

5-16 Firing Heads

Differential Firing Head

The differential firing head (DFH) was
designed to allow underbalanced
perforating with a differential pressure-
actuated firing system. The DFH works
by requiring the internal pressure to be
greater than the external pressure. This
condition can be created when pressure
is applied to the ID or when the OD
pressure is reduced.
The pressure required to actuate the DFH
may be lower than that used for other
pressure-operated firing heads because it
is operated by differential pressure.
Features and Benefits
• Allows underbalanced perforating in
horizontal wells without a packer
• Ideal for perforating with a sucker
rod or submersible pump in place
• Offers added safety because it is
pressure-balanced when being run
into the well
• Helps allow maximum
underbalanced pressure in low-
pressure wells when mechanical
firing is not desirable
• Can be used when equipment or well
conditions will not permit the use of
high pressures
• Allows the use of time-delay elements
as needed
Operation
The DFH is actuated after a
predetermined differential pressure is
created in the firing head ID. This
differential pressure can be created
when surface pressure is applied to the
tubing or by reducing the hydrostatic
pressure in the annulus.
When the predetermined differential
pressure is reached, the shear pins
holding the dog retainer piston will
shear, allowing the dog retainer to
move up. The upward movement
releases the dogs holding the firing
piston in place, and the internal
pressure drives the firing piston into
the initiator.
HAL10518

Differential Firing Head (DFH)

Differential Firing Head (DFH) Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Operating Operating
Makeup Pressure Pressure Tensile Burst Collapse
Thread Size and Type Maximum OD Length (differential) (differential) Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE
3.0 1.94 10,000 1,000 130,000 20,000 20,000
120002262 8 Rd Box × 2 3/8 (60.33)
(76.20) (0.59) (690) (69) (58 900) (1380) (1380)
6P Acme Box
2 7/8 (73.03) EUE
3.38 1.98 5,000 1,000 220,000 20,000 20,000
100014232 8 Rd Box ×
(85.73) (0.60) (345) (69) (99 700) (1380) (1380)
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme Box
Temperature rating is determined by explosives or o-rings.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-17

Hydraulic Actuator Firing Head and
Swivel-Type Hydraulic Actuator Firing Head

The hydraulic actuator firing head • Useful in coiled tubing conveyed

(HAF) is a pressure-balanced tool that
automatically fills the tubing string
while it is running in the well. A
stainless steel or ceramic ball is dropped
from the surface or circulated into
position. Pressure applied to the tubing
string actuates the HAF.
completions, deviated wells, and
through-tubing perforating
• Reusable
• Rotation of explosive assembly from
tubing string possible with
swivel type

The smaller swivel-type hydraulic

actuator firing head (SHAF) has a
swivel incorporated into the firing
head assembly. The added swivel
feature allows the lower portion of the
firing head and the attached explosive
assembly to rotate independently from
the tubing string.
Operation
A stainless steel or ceramic ball is
dropped from the surface or is
circulated downhole into the hammer
piston. Pressure applied to the tubing
string shears the retaining pins and
forces the hammer piston into the
firing pin. The firing pin detonates the

HAL15384
initiator, which starts the detonation of
Features and Benefits the perforating assembly. Circulation is
• Allows packerless completions regained as soon as the firing pin has
Hydraulic Actuator
been sheared.

HAL10563
• Makes actuation easily observable Firing Head (HAF)

Swivel-Type Hydraulic
Actuator Firing Head (SHAF)

Hydraulic Actuator Firing Head (HAF) Specifications

Thread Size Maximum No. and ID Flow Area of Makeup Maximum Operating Actuating Tensile
and Type OD Ball OD of Ports Ports Length Pressure (differential) Pressure Rating
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bar) lb (kg)
1.315 (33.40)
100156011 NU-10 Rd Pin × 1.69 0.625 2 @ 0.5 0.39 2.84 20,000 3,200 50,000
(Swivel Type) 17/16 (36.51) (42.88) (15.875) (12.70) (2.52) (0.87) (1379) (221) (22 680)
8UN-2B Box
1.315 (33.40)
NU-10 Rd Pin × 1.69 0.625 2 @ 0.5 0.39 2.18 20,000 3,200 50,000
100156025
17/16 (36.51) (42.88) (15.875) (12.70) (2.52) (0.66) (1379) (221) (22 680)
8UN-2B Box
1.90 (48.26) EUE-10 Rd
3/4 TPF Pin 2.75 0.625 2 @ 0.5 0.39 2.28 20,000 3,200 113,000
101007031
2 3/8 (60.33) 6P Acme (69.85) (15.875) (12.70) (2.52) (0.691) (1379) (221) (51 256)
Box
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE
8 Rd Pin × 3.38 1.375 4 @ 1.0 3.14 2.40 20,000 2,000 210,000
100156150
2 7/8 (73.03) (85.85) (34.925) (25.40) (20.26) (0.73) (1379) (138) (95 254)
6P Acme Box
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

5-18 Firing Heads

Mechanical Metering Hydraulic-Delay Firing Head

The mechanical metering hydraulic- Operation

delay (MMHD) firing head provides a
retrievable firing system with an
adjustable delay for situations where
longer delay times are needed. Delay
time can be adjusted from 1 to 6 hours.
The tool is designed with a 1/2 gallon
fluid chamber below a weighted piston.
The piston meters downward until it
travels into a larger bore which allows it
to free-fall and initiate a mechanical
firing head.
Delay time is affected by temperature,
tool weight above the piston, and the
number of jets used (maximum of
two), and the adjustments can be made
by running one or two fluid metering
jets or by changing the amount of fluid.
The MMHD assembly is run into the
well using normal monobore
completion techniques. The
mechanical metering hydraulic-delay
firing head is conveyed on a slickline or
electric line. For safety and flexibility,
the tool will not start metering until it
is landed on the top gun. Once in place
and released, the firing head starts to
meter. The running tools can either be
pulled into the lubricator, pulled
completely out of the hole, or simply
pulled up the hole to a safe distance and
secured to await detonation. After the
guns have fired, the firing head can be
quickly relatched and retrieved using
the same conveyance methods as
during deployment.

Features and Benefits

• Adjustable time-delay—May vary
from 1 up to 6 hours.
• Retrievability—Firing head can be
pulled and another one run without
affecting the rest of the bottomhole
assembly.
• Safety—With the ability to run the
firing head and the guns separately,
this system greatly reduces the
HAL6559

chance of accidental or premature

firing of guns.
Mechanical Metering Hydraulic-
Delay (MMHD) Firing Head

Mechanical Metering Hydraulic-Delay (MMHD) Firing Head Assembly Specifications

Maximum
Stinger Maximum Maximum Metering Overall Operating Total
Maximum Fishing Stroke Stroke* Length Length* Pressure Temp Tensile Volume Assembly
OD Neck Length (Available for Delay) (Extended) (differential) Rating Strength (Silicon) Weight
SAP No. in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) ft (m) psi (bars) °F (°C) lb (kg) gal (liter) lb (kg)
Dependent on 1.75 54.86 46.50 12.44 13,000 350 51,100 1/2 152
101201927
centralizers (4.45) (139.34) (118.11) (3.79) (896.6) (176.67) (23 100) (1.89) (68.95)
* Length from top sub to firing head body (does not include weight bars and/or skirt)
Delay time of 1 hour minimum is recommended for safe operation of system.
Delay time of 6 maximum hours is dependent on temperature, silicon fluid, and number of jets.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-19

Slickline-Retrievable Mechanical Firing Head
The slickline-retrievable mechanical
firing head (SLRMFH) is designed to
give customers flexibility in
completing a well. It can be run
attached to the guns, separately from
the guns, or using an auto-release
firing mechanism. The firing head
latches onto the guns and provides a
positive indication that it is attached.
The SLRMFH can be retrieved if the
firing head needs to be replaced.
The system can be run with either a
mechanically operated firing head or a
pressure-operated firing head. It is
designed so that 80% of the parts are
used in all three applications allowing
for more flexibility with less inventory.
Features and Benefits
• Saves rig time—If for any reason the
firing head needs replacement, the
guns remain in the hole and the
firing head can be retrieved.
• Positive engagement—When the
firing head is run separately, the
operator can tell when the firing head
is latched onto the guns.
• Safety—Guns can be run separately
from the firing head adding a safety
feature for the guns at the surface.
• Flexibility—Guns can be run
separately or attached. Unlimited
number of runs can be made to
replace firing head if needed.
5-20
Operation
The SLRMFH was designed for 3 1/2-
and 2 7/8-in. tubing strings. It can be
run with either a mechanical drop
firing head, or a pressure-operated
firing head such as the 1 11/16 time-
delay firer (TDF).
The top gun is assembled with the J-slot
stinger. The guns are run into the well
on tubing and then correlated on
depth. The running tool is latched to
the firing head at surface and run in on
wireline/slickline.
As the firing head is lowered, it comes
in contact with the J-slot stinger. The
skirt on the firing head then
automatically latches into position
connecting the firing head with the
J-slot stinger. An overpull is applied to
give a positive latch indication. The
running tool is released by jarring
down and the slickline is pulled out of
the well. The guns are fired by pressure
or mechanical means.
The firing head can be retrieved by
relatching to the firing head and jarring
up. The jarring action shears the brass
screws freeing the firing head from the
J-slot stinger. If the firing head does not
actuate, another firing head may be run
as many times as required.
HAL6560
Slickline-Retrievable Mechanical
Firing Head (SLRMFH)
Firing Heads
 Slickline-Retrievable Mechanical Firing Head (SLRMFH) Specifications
Maximum
Maximum Sustained
Minimum Differential Tensile Force
Minimum Overall Maximum Minimum Operating Pressure Strength Required to
Maximum ID Length Operating Operating Pressure Auto of FH Shear Two
OD (No-Go) (Max) Pressure Pressure Auto Release Release Body Lugs Weight
SAP No. in. (cm) in. (cm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg)

w/ Model
III-D 2.31 1.56 20.05 8,000 250 30,000 4,000 120
101226902 N/A N/A
Mechanical (5.87) (3.96) (6.11) (550) (17.2) (13 600) (1800) (54.4)
FH

w/ Pressure 2.31 1.56 20.05 17,000 2,200 30,000 4,000 100

101227170 N/A N/A
Actuated FH (5.87) (3.96) (6.11) (1170) (150) (13 600) (1800) (45.4)

w/ Model
III-D
2.31 1.56 20.05 8,000 250 1,500 10,000 30,000 4,000 120
Mechanical 101227212
(5.87) (3.96) (6.11) (550) (17.2) (100) (690) (13 600) (1800) (54.4)
FH and Auto
Release

Burst and collapse pressures are determined by tubing.

Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-21

Slickline-Retrievable Time-Delay Firer Firing Head

The slickline-retrievable time-delay firer (TDF) firing head

is a combination of two assemblies: the slickline-retrievable
firing head and a 1 11/16-in. TDF firing head. It is a
pressure-actuated firing head with a built-in pyrotechnic
time-delay assembly.

Features and Benefits

• Allows the guns to be run in the hole without any type of
firing mechanism installed
• Allows the retrieval and reinstallation of a malfunctioning
firing head without pulling the guns
• Allows greatly reduced actuating pressures of the firing
head because the firing head does not have to be in place
when the guns are run

Operation
This firing head does not have to be run until after all
pressure testing has been done and the heavy fluids have been
displaced, which allows a reduced actuating pressure for the
firing head.

This assembly allows the operator to run guns in the hole on

HAL15385

the end of tubing without a firing head. This assembly can be

HAL15434
run in on slickline and attached to the firing head after the
tubing is in the hole. It can also be retrieved on slickline.
Slickline Retrievable Time-Delay Firer Stinger Assembly
(TDF) Firing Head

1 11/16-in. Slickline-Retrievable Time-Delay Firer (TDF) Firing Head Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Overall Length Additional Length Temperature Operating Operating Collapse
Maximum OD (1 fuse) per Fuse Rating Pressure Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) ft (m) ft (m) °F (°C) psi (bars) psi (bars) psi (bars)
1.688 3.83 0.87 425 for 100 hours 17,000 2,200 23,000
100155739
(42.88) (1.17) (0.27) (218 for 100 hours) (1170) (150) (1590)
The assembly certification sheet which specifies the batch number and pin values is supplied with each assembly.

3 3/8-in. Vann™ Jet Stinger Specifications

Makeup Length Maximum Minimum Tensile
Thread Size Maximum Minimum ID with Operating Operating Strength Weight with
and Type OD (No-Go) 2-ft Sub Pressure Pressure (FH Body) 2-ft Sub
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) lb (kg)
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 8 Rd Box × 3.38 1.37 5.37 20,000 238,000 73
100155952 None
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme Box (85.85) (34.80) (1.64) (1380) (107 900) (33)
Burst and collapse pressures are determined by handling sub.
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.

5-22 Firing Heads

Extended Delay Fuses

A delay fuse is an explosive device with a slow-burning fuse.

Extended and modular delay fuses add time between the
actuation of the firing head and the actual detonation of the
guns. Each delay fuse lasts six minutes at 70°F.

Features and Benefits

• Increases delay time when nitrogen is used to actuate the
firing head to give additional time to bleed the nitrogen
pressure down to the desired level
• Allows time for necessary actions to take place downhole
such as increasing pressure to open a pressure-actuated
vent assembly

Operation
The extended delay assemblies contain one delay fuse and
can be run with any other firing assembly. They are installed
between the firing head and the guns.

The modular delays are assembled with the firing head in one
housing and become an integral part of the firing system.
The modular delays are used primarily with the multiaction-
delay firing head, the 1 11/16-in. time-delay firer (TDF)
firing head, and the slickline-retrievable TDF firing head.
HAL15383

Extended Delay Fuses

Assembly

Extended Delay Fuses Specifications

Maximum Makeup Maximum Temperature Rating Tensile Collapse
Thread Size and Type OD Length Operating Pressure Delay Fuse Strength Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) °F (°C) lb (kg) psi (bars)

2.5 1.10 25,000 197,000 30,000

100005229 2 (50.8) 6P Acme Box × Pin 425 (218) for 200 hours
(62.5) (0.34) (1725) (89 300) (2070)
3.375 1.10 25,000 270,000 30,000
100009426 2 7/8 (73.03) 6P Acme Box × Pin 425 (218) for 200 hours
(85.73) (0.34) (1725) (122 400) (2070)
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-23

Modular Mechanical Firing Head

The modular mechanical firing head is designed to be a

retrievable firing system utilizing a standard mechanical
firing head with a specialized drop bar for detonation. This
system will allow the operator the flexibility to run the gun
assemblies independently of the firing system. Once the guns
are in place, the firing head is set on the top module and
released. The perforation assembly is detonated by use of a
special fluted bar dropped from surface.

The most common application for this system is to be run

with the modular guns in a monobore completion. Special
consideration must be given to job set-up and execution to
ensure that this tool functions properly.

Features and Benefits

• Safety—With the ability to run the firing head and the
guns separately, this system helps to greatly reduce the
chance of accidental or premature firing of the guns.
• Retrievability—In the event of a mechanical malfunction,
the firing head can be pulled, and another one run without
interfering with the rest of the bottomhole assembly.

Applications
The modular mechanical firing head is designed to be run on
slickline and set on the top gun in a monobore completion
by use of a JDC hydraulic running tool. The system is
designed with the hammer held above the firing pin with
brass shear screws. The two shear screws are rated at
875 lb each. The tool is actuated by dropping a specifically
designed drop bar fitted for the proper casing. (Do not use a
standard 1 1/4-in. drop bar.) The bar strikes the stinger with
sufficient force to shear the brass screws and drive it into the
firing pin.
HAL8325

The firing pin and hammer are pressure balanced; and

therefore, are not limited to any specific depth and/or
hydrostatic pressure beyond the tool specifications. Modular Mechanical
Firing Head

5-24 Firing Heads

 Modular Mechanical Firing Head Specifications
Stinger Fishing Stinger Fishing
Neck 2-in. Neck 2 1/2-in. Maximum Maximum Stroke Shear Rating
Stinger Stinger Operating Pressure Tensile Strength Overall Length* Length For Brass
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) psi (bars) lb (kg) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kg)

1.38 1.75 13,000 59,000 72.30 7.88 1,700

120021629
(35.05) (44.45) (896.6) (26 762) (1836.42) (200.15) (771)
*Will vary with skirt
Maximum OD dependent on centralizers used.
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
Weight dependent on centralizers and skirts.

Drop Bar Options Skirt-Centralizer Selection Chart

Casing and Tubing Total Bar Skirt OD Centralizer OD
Size and Weight Casing ID OD SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm)
SAP No. in./lb (cm/kg) in. (mm) in. (mm)
2
101207195 N/A
2 7/8 / 6.4 2.441 (50.8)
N/A N/A
(7.30 / 2.9) (62.0) 3.00
3 1/2 / 9.2 2.992 2.50 (76.2)
101227709
(8.89 / 4.17) (76.0) (63.5) 101207187
4 1/2 / 9.5-13.5 4.090 3.75 3.50
120125486 2.5
(11.43 / 4.3-6.12) (103.9) (95.3) 101201882 (88.9)
(63.5)
5 / 15-18 4.408 4.125 101207198
101227719
(12.7 / 6.80-8.16) (111.9) (104.8) 3.75
5 1/2 / 15.5-23 4.950 4.50 (95.3)
101227720 100014297
(13.97 / 7.03-10.43) (125.7) (114.3)
3.25
(82.6)
2 3/4 101213087
101228625
(69.9) 3.50
(88.9)
100014299
3.875
3 1/8
101201884 (98.4)
(79.4)
101207193
3.75
(95.3)
100009581
4.00
3 3/8
101226987 (10.16)
(85.7)
100156785
4.40
(111.8)
100010177
5.61
(142.5)
4 5/8 100156224
101205671
(117.4) 5.75
(146.1)
100156225

Firing Heads 5-25

HalSonics® Firing Head

The HalSonics® firing head system is designed to actuate

tubing conveyed perforating guns and may be conveyed by
tubing, slickline, or electric line. This system can overcome
obstacles in jobs where bar-drop or pressure actuated firing
heads are not technically feasible or economically practical to
detonate the downhole perforating assembly.

In addition, this system can be utilized when extensive well

fluid manipulations are required or where multiple pressure
cycles are performed prior to perforating. The HalSonics
firing head is also ideal for applications where extremely long
delay times are required with traditional delay type firing
systems.

Features and Benefits

• Zone 1 rated
• Designed to eliminate detonation at the surface
• Precisely controlled signal sequence
• Remote actuation of TCP guns
• Can be run offshore or on land
• Can transmit through nitrogen or air cushion
• Can be run above or below the guns
• Ideal for highly deviated wells
• Ideal for wells with existing perforations
• Wells where nitrogen is cost prohibitive
• Selective perforation intervals
• Wells with casing pressure limitations
• Small surface equipment footprint
• Can utilize redundancy to actuate the gun system
HAL14603

HalSonics® Firing Head

5-26 Firing Heads

Operation
With the guns at depth, the pressure pulse unit is easily retracted, retaining lugs are released and a pressure port
attached to the wellhead. On the operator’s command, the opens, allowing hydrostatic pressure to act on the piston.
surface control unit sends the pressure pulse unit a precisely
controlled signal sequence. Using air or nitrogen, the Powered by the hydrostatic pressure, the piston strikes the
pressure pulse unit then sends a coded signal to a downhole firing pin, actuating the TCP guns.
receiver. Once the signal has been decoded, the controller
begins pulling an actuating rod. When the actuating rod has

HalSonics® Firing Head Specifications

Maximum Minimum Downhole
Maximum Minimum Operating Operating Temperature Tool Overall Downhole
Thread Size and Type OD ID Pressure Pressure Rating Downhole Depth Range Length Tool Weight
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) psi (bar) psi (bar) °F (°C) Battery Life ft (m) ft (m) lb (kg)
Tested to
2 7/8 in. EUE 8RD ×
3.7 15,000 250 300 17,000 (5100) 15 230
3 3/8 N/A 200 hr
(93.98) (1030) (17) (150) Designed for (4.57) (104.33)
Gun Connection
30,000 (9100)
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-27

Side-Pocket Mandrel Firing Head

The side-pocket mandrel firing head
(SPMFH) is designed for well
conditions that preclude the use of a
pressure-actuated firing head run with
a Y-block. The side-pocket mandrel
firing system is used on single-string,
multizone completions and standard
dual completions. A modified model
III-D mechanical firing head is attached
to the short string side of a side-pocket
mandrel. The firing head is detonated
with a kickover tool run on slickline.
Features and Benefits
• Selectively fires multiple intervals
• Eliminates the need for nitrogen
• Allows maximum underbalance for
low-pressure formations
• Helps provide safety because the
firing head is designed to eliminate
detonation
• Offers economical value
Operation
The model III-D mechanical firing
head is made up on the short string side
of the side-pocket mandrel. When the
perforating assembly is ready to be
detonated, the operator runs a kickover
tool down the long string on slickline.
After the kickover tool is located in the
side-pocket mandrel, the slickline
operator jars down. The kickover tool
hits the releasing pin on the
model III-D. The firing piston is forced
into the initiator by the hydrostatic
pressure in the tubing string to
detonate the VannGun® assembly.

HAL15453

Side-Pocket Mandrel Firing Head (SPMFH) Specifications Side-Pocket Mandrel

Firing Head (SPMFH)
Thread Size and Type Overall
(Long string side) Maximum OD Minimum ID Length
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m)

100155737 1.90 (48.26) EUE 10 Rd Pin 2.75 2.36

N/A
(Firing Head) × 2 3/8 (60.33) 6P Acme Box (69.85) (0.72)
221.00284
2 3/8 (60.33) 4.7 lb 5.54 1.926 5.79
(7-in. Side-Pocket
OECO-B Box × Box (140.72) (48.92) (1.76)
Mandrel)
221.00285
2 3/8 (60.33) 4.7 lb 6.62 1.926 5.79
(9.625-in. Side-Pocket
OECO-B Box × Box (168.15) (48.92) (1.76)
Mandrel)
8.00
101306060 3 1/2 CJ Hydril N/A N/A
(203.20)

These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

5-28 Firing Heads

Annulus Pressure Crossover Assembly

The annulus pressure crossover assembly (APCA) allows the

use of annulus pressure to actuate any one of several firing
heads. This assembly is compatible with retrievable packers
of all types and sizes.

Features and Benefits

• May be used as the annulus firing system on wells with
non-full-opening test tools and a partially filled drillstring Annulus Pressure
Crossover Assembly
• May be used as the annulus firing system on horizontal
wells
• Allows the use of below-packer venting devices along with
this assembly Packer

Note: Not recommended for mud environment

Operation
The APCA creates a pressure chamber above the firing head
Ported Sealing Sub
that is equalized with the pressure in the casing annulus.
Once the packer has been set, the pressure on the annulus
can be increased to actuate a pressure-actuated firing head.
The pressures in the annulus and the tubing can also be
manipulated to create the differential pressure necessary to Tubing

HAL15449
actuate a differential-type firing head.

Time-Delay Firer

VannGun®
HAL15448

Assembly

Annulus Pressure Crossover Assembly (APCA)

Annulus Pressure Crossover Assembly (APCA) Specifications

Minimum Maximum
Thread Size Maximum Makeup Overall Differential Tensile Burst Collapse
and Type OD Minimum Flow Area Length Length Pressure Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ID in.² (cm²) ft (m) ft (m) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)

2 3/8 (60.33) 3.56 2.25 9.15 12.35 16,000 190,000 27,000 16,000
100014175 Non-fullbore
EUE 8 Rd (90.42) (14.52) (2.79) (3.76) (1100) (86 200) (1860) (1100)
2 7/8 (73.03) 5.0 4.75 9.40 12.60 16,000 270,000 22,000 16,000
100155786 Non-fullbore
EUE 8 Rd (127) (30.65) (2.87) (3.84) (1100) (122 400) (1515) (1100)
Maximum operating pressure is determined by tubulars.
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Firing Heads 5-29

EZ Cycle™ Multi-Pressure Cycle
Firing Head

The EZ Cycle™ firing head is a pressure-operated tool that

can be cycled several times prior to firing the perforating
guns. Several pressure operations can also be performed on
the well including tubing testing, packer setting and packer
testing prior to firing the perforating guns. Even if pressure
operations are higher than the operating pressure of the
firing head, the EZ Cycle firing head should not fire until it
has completed all of the preset cycles. The firing head is
cycled by applying pressure at the tool to overcome a
nitrogen-charged chamber which operates the cycling piston
back and forth until the entire release rod has been pulled
from the piston collet.

Each EZ Cycle firing head assembly includes a nitrogen

chamber, cycling grapple piston, and firing piston with firing
pin initiator assembly.

Features and Benefits

• Ideal for completions and drillstem testing
• Time-delay elements can be used as needed for delay time
• Can be used in underbalanced or overbalanced perforating
jobs
• It is a surface-safe firing head because it requires pressure
to energize the firing piston
• Operates at low pressure
• Can be deployed connected to the gun assembly or run
separate on slickline or coiled tubing
• Allows the retrieval and reinstallation of a malfunctioning
firing head without pulling the guns
• Can be used when equipment or well conditions will not
permit the use of high pressures
HAL14095

EZ Cycle™ Firing Head Assembly

5-30 Firing Heads

Operating the EZ Cycle™ Firing Head
The tool is run in hole with a pre-charged nitrogen chamber,
which is set according to the maximum bottomhole pressure.
After positioning gun on depth and all operations prior to
firing guns have been completed, the firing head is cycled to
detonate the perforating guns. Pressure applied at the tool
will move the cycle piston and traveling grapple up 0.375 in.
pulling the release rod up 0.375 in. Releasing the applied
pressure will allow the nitrogen charge to move the cycle
piston and traveling grapple down engaging another
0.375 in. of the release rod. These steps are continued until
the release rod is completely retrieved from the firing piston
collet. At this point, the bottomhole pressure will drive the
firing piston into the firing pin detonating the initiator and
the guns.

3.00 in. Multi-Pressure Cycle Firing Head Assembly Specifications

Upper
Connection Lower
(External Thread Size Makeup Maximum Minimum Temperature Tensile Burst Collapse
Fishneck) and Type Length OD ID Rating Operating Pressure Range Rating* Pressure* Rating*
in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) °F (°C) psi (bar) lb (kg) psi (bar) psi (bar)

Low High
Pressure Pressure
2 3/8 Assembly Assembly
2.313 77.32 3.00 100,000 40,000 40,000
(6.0325) 6P N/A 400 (204.4) 5.000-
(5.875) (83.36) (7.62) 1,000-5,000 (18 143) (1379) (1379)
Acme Box 20,000
(68.95-
(344.74-
344.74)
1378.95)
* Call your local Halliburton representative or email us at perforatingsolutions@halliburton.com if conditions exceed this value.

Firing Heads 5-31

5-32 Firing Heads

Special Applications
DrillGun™ Perforating Systems (page 3)
The DrillGun™ perforating system combines rugged, reliable
Halliburton perforating components with the versatility of
drillable materials. The DrillGun system allows running and
setting the squeeze packer and perforating gun in one run,
eliminating the need for wireline perforating in many cases.
Select Fire™ Systems (page 5)
The Select Fire™ system lets you perforate zones in any order
selected. The system provides the ability to perforate
multiple zones individually during a single trip.
Isolation Sub-Assembly (page 6)
The isolation sub-assembly (ISA) is live well intervention
technology designed to provide extreme flexibility in well
completions. ISA allows completion or recompletion of the
well without killing it. The well can be producing before,
during, and after the guns are deployed in or out of the well.
AutoLatch™ Release Gun Connector (page 7)
The AutoLatch™ release gun connector joins VannGun®
assemblies and enables VannGun sections to be run in and
out of new or live wells.
Ratchet Gun Connector (page 8)
In addition to perforating new wells, the Halliburton ratchet
gun connector system is ideal for reperforating producing
wells since the well does not have to be killed and can be left
on production. It also allows perforating with all production
equipment in place.
Shearable Safety Sub (page 9)
The shearable safety sub is designed to provide a gap
in the explosive train which could be severed at surface
with the shear rams. It is most commonly used in live
well intervention.
Special Applications
Special Applications
Modular Gun System (page 10)
Through a special arrangement of perforating equipment,
Halliburton’s patented modular gun system permits the
optimum number of guns to be removed via slickline or
E-line so larger intervals can be perforated simultaneously.
Halliburton perforating specialists know the equipment,
know the well, and know the best techniques to fit your
particular application.
Auto-Release Gun Hanger (page 12)
One of the main features of the modular gun system is the
auto-release gun hanger. For high volume testing and
production, the auto-release gun hanger allows a zone to be
perforated and tested with virtually no downhole
restrictions.
Setting Tools for Auto-Release Gun Hanger
(page 14)
The running and retrieving tools for the modular gun system
and the auto release gun hanger gives customers flexibility in
the conveyance of these tools in the well.
Detach™ Separating Gun Connector (page 15)
The Detach™ separating gun connector allows operators to
deploy long gun sections into the well. The guns are deployed
downhole in a single trip and placed across the perforating
zone supported by a gun hanger or plug. The guns are fired
when desired and then, will automatically separate, which
allows them to be retrieved in manageable sections or left in
the hole.
G-Force® Precision Oriented Perforating System
(page 16)
The G-Force® system features an internal orienting charge
tube assembly and gun carrier, which allows perforating in
any direction, irrespective of the gun’s position relative to the
casing.
6-11
Explosive Transfer Swivel Sub (page 18)
The explosive transfer swivel sub allows two sections of guns
to rotate independently of one another. Such independent
rotation is important on long strings that must be oriented in
a specific direction in horizontal wells.
Eccentric Orienting Tandem (page 19)
Eccentric subs allow perforating guns to be oriented in
situations where the fin system is not ideal due to restrictions
in the casing, fishing concerns, welding concerns, etc.
Roller Tandem Assembly (page 20)
Roller tandem assemblies are used to reduce the friction
between the perforation guns and the casing. In some cases,
the frictional drag can be reduced by as much as 90%.
Centralizer Tandem (page 21)
For operations where it is desirable to centralize the guns and
other tools in the casing, Halliburton has designed a full
range of centralizers for all gun sizes.
StimGun™ Assembly (page 22)
The StimGun™ assembly has been used with great success in
conventional underbalanced perforating to obtain benefits of
both extreme overbalance from propellants and the surging
effect from maximum underbalance. The StimGun assembly
is a process that combines perforating and perforation
breakdown with a propellant in a single tool and operation.
StimTube™ Assembly (page 24)
The StimTube™ assembly process uses the same solid
propellant technology employed by StimGun to simulate
existing perforations, slotted liners, or openhole sections
when it is not desirable to add perforations.
PerfStim™ Process (page 26)
The PerfStim™ process combines perforation and
stimulation operations in one step by driving a fluid spear
into the formation at high flow rates and pressures the
instant after perforating.
2
Special
6-2 Applications
POWR*PERFSM Perforation/Stimulation Process
(page 27)
POWR*PERFSM perforation/stimulation process is a
completion process that uses proven extreme overbalance
perforating techniques. This method is coupled with the
release of an erosive agent at the moment of VannGun®
detonation to clean and scour near-wellbore damage and
enhance conductivity of fractures created by extreme
overbalance perforating.
Quick Torque™ Connector (page 28)
The Quick Torque™ connector consists of connectors that
cover both ends of each gun section to enclose the assembly.
The connectors have a common, self-aligning drillpipe
thread that allows automatic or manual make-up. Explosive
transfer occurs through a web, making the system self-
contained and totally safe. With these connectors, TCP gun
assemblies can now be picked up by the rig equipment and
properly made up using iron roughneck equipment, without
the need for human intervention. It simplifies the process
and saves time by eliminating assembly of the components
on the rig.
Pump Through Firing Head (page 30)
The 1 11/16-in. pump through firing head is designed to be
run on coiled tubing and is used for breaking the ceramic
flapper valve disk on a one-trip coiled tubing operation.
POWR*PERF, a process of Marathon Oil Company, is licensed by
Halliburton. POWR*PERF is a service mark/trademark of Marathon Oil
Company and licensed by Halliburton.
StimTube™ and StimGun™ are trademarks of Marathon Oil Company.
PerfStim™ is a trademark of Oryx Energy Company. Patented by Oryx
and licensed by Halliburton.
Special Applications2
DrillGun™ Perforating Systems

Halliburton has developed the The drillable perforating system is ideal

DrillGun™ assembly to be a drillable
perforating system that provides
reliable, quality performance while
lowering overall wellsite costs by:
• Eliminating the high costs associated
with wireline services
• Eliminating the need to switch to a
mud system for workovers
for:
• Single-trip perforating, packer
placement, and cementing on tubing
• Cementing and perforating in
underbalanced conditions
• Plug-to-abandon operations
• Workover cementing with clear fluids

The DrillGun perforating system is a • Plugback set on wireline

new method that combines rugged,
reliable Halliburton perforating
components with the versatility of
drillable materials. It is this type of
innovative design that has made
Halliburton the leader in perforating
charge performance and delivery
systems. Now, with the DrillGun
perforating system, you have a drillable,
disposable system that helps save you
two of the most valuable commodities
at the wellsite—time and money.
• Limited entry drill stem testing
Components of the drillable
perforating system include:
• Aluminum perforating gun
• High-performance, perforating
charges
• Halliburton’s industry-proven
EZ Drill® SVB packer

Components of the drillable

perforating system are the drillpipe
conveyed to the zone of interest;
thereby eliminating mobilization or
demobilization charges normally
associated with wireline units. And,
since no mud system is needed, clear
fluids can remain in place for workover
operations. Once in place, the firing
head is actuated by pressure applied
through the tubing. After perforating,
the gun can be drilled out with
conventional drilling methods.
HAL12056

DrillGun™ Assembly

Special Applications 6-33

DrillGun™ Perforating System - Quick, Economical Solution For
Perforating In Unusual Conditions.
Savings on Rig Time
Operator's challenge—Carrizo Oil &
Gas, Inc. needed to perform a squeeze
job on a South Texas well. The
customer had already switched to a
lighter drilling fluid and did not want
the high cost of changing to a mud
system. As a result, the well would have
to be perforated underbalanced.
Halliburton's solution—To meet this
challenge, Halliburton recommended
its DrillGun system.
Economic value created—As a result,
Carrizo was able to perform the squeeze
job without having to replace the
lighter drilling fluid with an expensive
mud system. This procedure saved rig
time and the expense of a fluid change
for a total economic value to the
customer of $20,000.
Block Squeeze Application
Operator's challenge—An operator
working in the Permian Basin had to
perform three block squeezes in a
7 5/8 in. liner from 14,400 ft to
14,800 ft. A primary cement job had
not been possible, so instead of cement
behind the casing, there was 15.5 ppg
drilling mud. The well fluid was 10 ppg
brine water. However, it would not be
necessary to change the well fluid to
15.5 ppg drilling mud to cement.
Halliburton's solution— Halliburton
logged the first DrillGun system on
depth, perforated and performed the
cement job at 4,230 psi underbalanced.
For the next two DrillGun system runs,
we tagged the first retainer and located
it on depth to perform the squeeze.
Economic value created—The three
aluminum perforating guns added only
one hour each to the drill-out time. The
customer estimates that this procedure
saved $52,000.
Plug-to-Abandon
Operator's challenge—To plug a well
before abandoning it, an operator in
Chambers County, Texas needed to
perforate six zones.
Halliburton's solution—Halliburton
recommended using its DrillGun rather
than employing electric-line
perforators which would normally be
selected for the project. The first
DrillGun system was started in the well
on Sunday evening and was set the next
day at a depth of 13,050 ft. The bottom
zone was then squeezed. After the
procedure was completed, the setting
assembly was pulled out of the hole. It
went back in with the second stage, and
the job was performed at 8,590 ft. The
next day, the final four jobs were run at
5,500 ft, 2,615 ft, 500 ft, and 350 ft,
respectively.
Economic value created—All six stages
were completed in 2 1/2 days. If
electric-line perforators had been used,
the total job would have taken up to six
days. By using the Halliburton
DrillGun system, the operator saved
four days of rig-associated costs,
consultants, and fluid standby time. An
additional savings was realized by using
the perforating DrillGun system instead
of more expensive electric-line charges.
The resulting estimated economic value
to the customer is $24,200.

DrillGun™ Assembly Specifications

Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Temperature Maximum
Thread Size Maximum OD Pressure Pressure Rating Overall Length
SAP No. and Type in. (mm) psi (bar) psi (bar) °F (°C) ft (m)
101288693 2 7/8-in. EUE 8 Rd 4.00 14,500 3,500 300 4.40
Aluminum 73.03 mm EUE 8 Rd (101.6) (1000) (241) (148.9)* (1.341)
101288692 2 7/8-in. EUE 8 Rd 7.00 14,500 3,500 300 4.40
Aluminum 73.03 mm EUE 8 Rd (177.8) (1000) (241) (148.9)* (1.341)
101292015 2 7/8-in. EUE 8 Rd 3.625 14,500 3,500 300 3.95
Composite 73.03 mm EUE 8 Rd (92.1) (1000) (241) (148.9)* (1.204)
* For use in wells above 300°F (148.89 °C), consult a Halliburton representative.

4
Special
6-4 Applications Special Applications4
Select Fire™ Systems

The Select Fire™ system offers flexibility in perforating,

testing, and evaluating multiple zones in one trip. The
Select Fire system saves rig time and tool charges to help Air
Chamber VannGun
®

multiply profits.
Assembly

Features
• Perforating and testing several individual zones — one
at a time
• Selecting the order zones are perforated TDF Firing
Head
• Customizing gun configurations for various applications
• Available for all VannGun® assemblies 2-in. and larger
Pressure
Isolation
Sub
Benefits
• Helps develop essential information about the reservoir —
potentially saving hundreds of thousands of dollars Sealed Initiator

• Saves rig time and tool charges to help multiply profits

Before Firing

Select Fire™
A
I
Sub
R
C
H
A
M
B
E
R

®
When gun #1 fires, the VannGun
explosives train is continued
to the Select Fire™ Sub, which fires
Assembly
a shaped charge downward.

Air Chamber
HAL10586

Pressure may now enter into

the air chamber. (Note: the
isolation sub is used to Select Fire™ Tubing Conveyed
prevent pressure from going Perforating System
upward from the Select Fire Sub).
HAL10537

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

Select Fire™ Sub Operation

Special Applications 6-55

Isolation Sub-Assembly

The isolation sub-assembly (ISA) is live well intervention

technology designed to provide extreme flexibility in well Gun
completions. The ISA allows completion or recompletion of
the well without killing it. The well can be producing before,
during, and after the guns are deployed in or out of the well.

The ISA is a lower cost alternative to other live well

intervention assemblies. The ISA incorporates a threaded
connection that is manually connected and disconnected.

Isolation
Features Sub-Assembly

• Can run VannGun® assemblies on hydraulic workovers,

coiled tubing, or wireline Sealing
Initiator
• Can run VannGun sections to perforate a new well or add
perforations to existing zones
• Do not have to kill well to run or retrieve guns
• Can perforate underbalanced or overbalanced Sealing
Area

Benefits
• Low cost
• Provides extreme flexibility in well completions
Sealing
Initiator
Isolation Sub-Assembly Specifications
OD Isolation
Sub-Assembly Maximum
Thread Size with OD Ram Maximum Overall Operating Tensile
and Type Lock OD Length Pressure Strength
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) lb (kg)

1 11/16-in. 8P
2 with 1 1/2 2.015 2.42 10,000 64,500 Gun
101228396 Stub Acme 2G
(50.8 with 38.1) (51.18) (0.74) (689) (29 250)
(42.86)
HAL6151

2 3/8 6P Acme
2 3/4 with 2 2.765 2.28 10,000 108,000
101222274 2G
(69.85 with 50.8) (70.23) (0.69) (689) (49 000)
(60.33)
Isolation Sub-Assembly
2 7/8 6P Acme
3 3/8 with 2 3.395 2.22 10,000 191,400
101226330 2G
(85.73 with 50.8) (86.23) (0.68) (689) (86 800)
(73.03)
Temperature rating is determined by explosive.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

6
Special
6-6 Applications Special Applications6
AutoLatch™ Release Gun Connector

The AutoLatch™ release gun Features and Benefits

connector is designed to join
VannGun® assemblies and enables • Can be used to perforate new or
VannGun sections to be run in and existing wells
out of new or producing wells. • Can snub VannGun assemblies into
and out of the well
Using the AutoLatch system, VannGun
• Utilizes standard BOPs
assemblies are connected without
rotation and can be operated with • Can be used with coiled tubing,
standard blowout preventer (BOP) HWO, or wireline Stop/Release
rams, making this connector ideal for • Can retrieve VannGun assemblies Pads
snubbing guns into and out of the without killing a producing zone
wellbore with coiled tubing or a
• Can perforate in underbalanced or
hydraulic workover (HWO) unit.
overbalanced conditions
The AutoLatch connector can also be • May be used for monobore
used to run VannGun assemblies on completions
Spring Housing
wireline when the length of the • Can be used when oriented
perforating assembly is limited by the perforations are required Operating Spring
lubricator length. The VannGun Shear Screws
• Sections are quickly connected for
assemblies can be run in sections
time savings.
(limited by the weight rating of the
wireline) and then, retrieved in • Can be designed to accommodate Stinger Assembly
sections. This system reduces the different BOP configuration
number of wireline runs to perforate Collet Fingers
longer intervals.
Collet Retainer
Housing

AutoLatch™ Release Gun Connector Specifications OD Seal Area

Maximum
Thread Size and Maximum Makeup Operating Tensile
Type OD Length Pressure Strength
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) lb (kg)

2 3/8 6P Acme
2.88 4.46 20,000 80,000
101205866 Box × Pin
(73.15) (1.36) (1380) (35 000)
(60.33)
2 7/8 6P Acme Pressure Isolation
3.625 3.47 20,000 125,000
100155775 Box × Pin Configuration
(92.00) (1.06) (1380) (56 800)
HAL8662

(73.03)
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton
representative AutoLatch™ Release
Gun Connector

Special Applications 6-77

Ratchet Gun Connector

In addition to perforating new wells, Halliburton’s ratchet

gun connector system is ideal for reperforating producing
wells since the well does not have to be killed and can be left
on production. It also allows perforating with all production
equipment in place. Connections are made inside the
lubricator using a left-hand quick connect Upper Ratchet
Gun Connector
locking mechanism.
Assembly

Features and Benefits

Ratchet Sleeve
• Can be snubbed into and retrieved from a live well
• Utilizes standard BOPs
• Can perforate long and multiple intervals in a single trip
• Does not have to kill producing zone to run or Shear Pins
retrieve guns
• Perforates new wells Left-Hand
Connection
• Reperforates producing wells with all production
equipment in place
• Perforates underbalanced or overbalanced assemblies Seal Ram
Slip Area
• VannGun® sections are quickly connected together.
• Can be used with HWO Lower Ratchet
Gun Connector
Assembly

Firing Pin

Sealed Initiator
HAL10487

Ratchet Gun Connector

Ratchet Gun Connector Specifications

Thread Size and Maximum Operating
Type Maximum OD Makeup Length Pressure Tensile Strength
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) lb (kg)
2 3/8 6P Acme
2.35 2.11 13,000 100,000
101000794 Box × Pin
(59.69) (0.64) (896) (45 360)
(60.33)
2 7/8 6P Acme
3.375 2.11 13,000 220,000
101000793 Box × Pin
(85.73) (0.64) (896) (100 000)
(73.03)
Temperature rating is determined by explosive.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

8
Special
6-8 Applications Special Applications8
Shearable Safety Sub

The shearable safety sub is designed to • Uses standard explosives

provide a gap in the explosive train, • Contains standard 3 3/8-in. gun
which could be severed at surface with connections above and below
the shear rams. The most common
application is in the use of live
well intervention. Benefits
The shearable safety sub provides two • Can be run with tubing, coiled
levels of defense against wellbore tubing, wireline, and modular
pressures. First, it provides a sub with a applications
smooth profile that is utilized by • Can be sheared independently of the
closing the sealing rams to control guns firing
pressure when the gun connection is
• Can be redressed at minimal cost
made up or broken out. Secondly, if the
well conditions become dangerous and
This tool has been successfully sheared
the shear rams need to be activated, it
during testing using the following:
provides an area in the gun assembly
that does not contain explosives and
• Shaffer shear 7 1/16-in. 10k safety
can be safely severed by the shear rams.
head
• Piston diameter of 14 in. (153 in.2)
Features
• Sheared at 2,000 psi
• Continues the explosive train • Force required to shear tool =
without use of continuous explosives
(153 in.2) (2,000 psi) = 306,000 lb
• Isolates pressure from below
• Allows a smooth sealing area for the
pipe rams to seal against
HAL15454

Shearable Safety Sub

Shearable Safety Sub Specifications

Maximum Operating Minimum Operating
Thread Size and Maximum OD Makeup Length Pressure Pressure Tensile Strength Weight
Type in. (mm) Minimum ID ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) lb (kg)

2 7/8-in. Acme 3.375 2.50 20,000 200,000 54.4

N/A N/A
Box x Pin (85.73) (0.76) (1380) (90 700) (24.6)
Temperature rating is determined by explosive.

Special Applications 6-99

Modular Gun System

Through a special arrangement of perforating equipment,

Halliburton’s patented modular gun system permits the
optimum number of guns to be removed via slickline or
Retrievable
electric line so larger intervals can be perforated Firing Head
simultaneously. In fact, the modular gun system is so (Wireline
innovative, Halliburton has patented* this unique system, Conveyed)
proving once again our commitment to bring the latest Wireline
technology to the wellsite.

The modular gun system is run by Halliburton perforating

specialists who know the equipment, know your well, and Running Tool
know the best techniques to fit your particular application.
And of course, the modular gun system is backed by
Halliburton’s worldwide network of technical support,
reliable equipment, and innovative performance—all of
which are ready to go wherever and whenever needed.

Features and Benefits

Stinger Skirt
• Ideal for monobore completions
• With the modular gun system, you are able to stack an
optimum number of guns downhole for perforating the Stinger
maximum interval.
• Several features make the modular gun system your best Centralizer
choice for perforating under a wide range of conditions.
– The guns are retrievable or can be left at
the bottom of the hole.
Auto-Release
– The system allows perforating in either Gun Hanger
underbalanced or overbalanced
HAL6093

conditions over the entire interval.

– Wide range of gun sizes (2- to 7-in. OD)
permits deployment over a wide range of
Modular Gun System Configuration
casing, from 3 1/2 to 9 5/8 in.
• No rig is required—the system is ideal for rigless
*US Patent Number 5,366,014
completions.
• The modular gun system can be deployed via coiled
tubing, electric wireline, or slickline, as well as with
conventional tubing or drillstring.
• The modular gun system allows a zone to be perforated
and tested with no downhole restrictions below or above
the packer.
• Proven VannSystem® guns and firing heads are used in the
modular gun system.

10
Special
6-10 Applications Special Applications
10
The Modular Gun System Process
The modular gun system allows operators to deploy multiple
gun sections to perforate long intervals. The gun modules are
deployed downhole individually and stacked on each other at
the perforating zone until the appropriate length is achieved
with the lowermost gun module being supported by the gun
hanger. This method avoids any gun length restrictions
caused by the lubricator. The auto-release gun hanger
positions the perforating assembly and allows it to remain
adjacent to the desired interval. The guns are fired, via a

HAL15458
pressure-actuated firing head, and are then, automatically
released to the bottom of the hole where they can later be
retrieved or left in the hole. Stinger Assembly

The modular gun system is ideal for use in wells with rathole
length restrictions and rigless completions.

Rathole Length Restriction

In this application, insufficient rathole length causes the
uppermost gun modules to remain adjacent to the
perforated interval after they are fired—where they may
interfere with production from the well. The modular gun
system allows the guns to be retrieved in sections without
having to kill the well.

Rigless Completion
HAL15457

On wells where the completions are installed with wireline or

coiled tubing, the modular gun system is the preferred
method for perforating. No rig is required, saving both time Skirt Assembly
and money.

Special Applications 6-11

11
Auto-Release Gun Hanger
One of the main features of the modular gun system is the
auto-release gun hanger. For high volume testing and
production, the auto-release gun hanger allows a zone to be
perforated and tested with virtually no downhole
restrictions. The auto-release gun hanger is deployed and set
at the desired perforating depth. The lowermost gun is then
lowered in the well where it is supported by the gun hanger.
The remaining guns are then lowered and stacked. The entire Silicone Fluid
perforating assembly can be positioned and retained adjacent Chamber
to the desired interval until the guns are fired. The assembly
is then automatically released to the bottom of the well.

Benefits
• No tubing is required between the guns and the packer.
• No wireline is required to drop the assembly.
• Maximum desired underbalance or overbalance can Slip Cone
be used.
• Additional perforations may be added through the
tubing at a later date.
• Production tubing can be run and tested independently
from other tools. Automatic-J
Mandrel
• The gun hanger and guns are run on a workstring,
wireline, or slickline.
Primacord
• In BigBore™ monobore completions, the production
tubing and permanent packer are installed before running
the monobore perforating assembly.
• Remedial work, such as setting bridge plugs, adding
perforations, and running coiled tubing, can be performed
without pulling production equipment.
Slip Assembly
• Lower gun firing pressures can be used since all
production equipment is pressure tested prior to
deploying guns in the well. There is no need to exceed
previous test pressures.
HAL10542

Time-Delay Firer
Crossover

Auto-Release Gun Hanger

12
Special
6-12 Applications Special Applications
12
On-the-Job Performance
A customer wanted to perforate a 46-ft interval in a well in
central Texas. Total depth was 14,500 ft and included a
bottomhole temperature of 370°F and 10-lb brine fluid in the
well. Pipe included 7 5/8-in. casing with 5-in. 23.2 lb/ft liner
polished bore respectable at 12,000 ft. The top of the liner
was isolated with 4-in. bore drillable packer set inside the
7 5/8-in. casing.
Perforating equipment consisted of 3 3/8-in. perforating
guns, loaded 4 spf, with 32-gram PYX charges and 100-grain
PYX aluminum clad prima cord.
Five days later, Halliburton was called to the wellsite to fire
the guns. Tubing was pressured to 7,000 psi and released back
to zero. Approximately 4 minutes later, the detonation was
both felt and heard at the wellhead, indicating that the guns
had fired. The well immediately began unloading 10-lb
brine. A weighted slickline run was made to verify that the
gun module and auto-release gun hanger had dropped into
the rathole. There were no problems encountered during the
entire operation. The customer was very pleased with the
efficiency of the operation and the performance of the
Halliburton crew.

This gun hanger was adapted for hostile environment use.

Preparations included dressing the tool with PYX
explosives and using water in place of silicone oil inside the
hanger. The hanger was fitted with an auto-J-latch to allow
setting and unsetting with the wireline. A 300-lb weight
was installed on the bottom of the gun hanger to permit
running on electric wireline.
Wireline
The running tools were used to deploy the gun hanger and
gun module. Crossover subs were used to adapt the running
tool threads to the electric wireline.

The gun hanger was attached with a modular stinger onto

CCL
the running tool, casing collar locator (CCL), and electric
wireline and run into the well. After reaching the
approximate setting depth, gun hanger position was verified Wireline
Running
by checking the casing collars with the CCL. The gun hanger Tool
was set by up and down movement of the wireline. A
decrease in wireline weight at the surface verified that the Stinger
hanger had set. Additional weight was then slacked off. This Ported Sub
caused oil to meter through an orifice in the hydraulic
running tool. Five minutes later the tool released from the Firing Head
gun hanger.
3 3/8-in. Gun
Next, a running tool was installed onto the gun module
CCL
firing head handling stinger. The CCL and electric wireline
were attached into the running tool, and the entire assembly
was run into the well. The gun module assembly was lowered Running Tool
to the top of the gun hanger and the casing collars were again Stinger Skirt
checked with the CCL to verify hanger position. Weight was
slacked off to release the running tool. Decrease in weight at Stinger
the surface verified that the running tool had separated from Air Chamber
the gun module. The running tool was then pulled out of the Auto Release
well. The entire deployment, from the time the first running Gun Hanger
HAL15461

tool was lowered into the well until the last running tool was Auto-J
removed, took about 5 hours.
Weight
Run 1 Run 2

Special Applications 6-13

13
Setting Tools for the Auto-Release Gun Hanger

Running and Retrieving Tools

The running and retrieving tools for the modular gun system
and the auto-release gun hanger gives customers flexibility in
the conveyance of these tools in the well. There are four basic
running tools that have been run with these systems:
explosive set, jar down, hydraulic, and rotational set. Most of
the tools are for wireline and slickline deployment of the
systems. The on/off tool requires rotation to operate and is
limited to tubing conveyed applications. All of these tools are
reusable with a minimal amount of redressing.

Application
The running and retrieving tools are used for setting gun
hangers in position, running modules, and retrieving
modules. The tools break down into four categories:
explosive set, jar down and jar up, hydraulic, and rotational
set. There are many tools that can be used with the modular
system. This manual has been written for the tools specially
designed for the modular gun system or those recognized as a
usable tool.

• Explosive set
–Adapter kit for Baker #10 setting tool
–Adapter kit for Baker #20 setting tool
• Jar down
–Otis® SB and RB shear release and running tool
–Camco JDC and JUC
• Hydraulic
–Hydraulic JDC running and retrieving tool
• Rotational set
–Right hand release on/off tool
HAL15778

Running Tool Assembly Modular

3.12 in. OD for Baker # 20 Setting Tool

14
Special
6-14 Applications Special Applications
14
Detach™ Separating Gun Connector

The Detach™ separating gun connector
allows operators to deploy long gun
sections into the well. The guns are
deployed downhole in a single trip and
placed across the perforating zone
supported by a gun hanger or plug. The
guns are fired when desired and then,
will automatically separate, which
allows them to be retrieved in
manageable sections or left in the hole.
The Detach separating gun connector is
ideal for use in monobore wells with
rathole length restrictions and in
rigless completions.
Rathole Length Restriction
In this application, insufficient rathole
length causes the uppermost gun
modules to remain adjacent to the
perforated interval after they are fired
where they may interfere with
production from the well. With the
Detach separating gun connector, gun
sections can be removed from the
perforated interval without having to
kill the well.
Rigless Completion
the preferred method for perforating.
No rig is required—saving both time
and money.
Operation
When the firing head detonates the
detonating cord initiator, the explosives
train continues through the tool and
detonates two shaped charges that
punch holes in the vent sub. At this
point, wellbore pressure is allowed to
enter the assembly and move the
mandrel lock piston upward, allowing
the retaining dogs to move inward,
releasing the stinger, and allowing the
gun sections to separate.
Advantages
• Can deploy entire gun assembly to
cover the zone of interest in a single
trip and retrieve in manageable gun
sections without killing the well
• Guns can be retrieved or left at
bottom of the hole.
• Allows perforating in either
underbalanced or overbalanced HAL11525
conditions over the entire interval
HAL12070

On wells where the completions are

installed with wireline or coiled
tubing, the Detach separating gun Detach™ Separating
connector or modular gun system is Gun Connector

Detach™ Separating Gun Connector Specifications

Minimum
Upper Thread Size Lower Thread Maximum Makeup Operating Tensile Collapse
and Type Size and Type OD Minimum Length Pressure Rating Burst Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ID ft (m) psi (bar) lb (kg) Pressure psi (bar)

2 3/8 (60.450)-6P 2 3/8 (60.450)-6P 2.75 2.86 1,000 80,000 20,000

101363724 N/A N/A
Acme Pin Acme Box (69.850) (0.87) (69) (36 300)* (1379)
2 7/8 (73.03)-6P 2 7/8 (73.03)-6P 3.38 2.74 1,000 110,000 20,000
101286871 N/A N/A
Acme Box × Pin Acme Box (85.85) (0.83) (69) (49 800) (1379)
Temperature rating is determined by explosive.
*Verification testing

Special Applications 6-15

15
G-Force® Precision Oriented Perforating System

Historically, oriented perforating was • Able to run through tubing and

attempted via external orienting
devices and weights (external to the
gun and exposed to the casing
environment). In the externally
oriented systems, there is added
friction created by the guns moving
axially down the casing wall, which
can significantly work against the
orienting mechanism. In addition,
doglegs and other discontinuities
during the deployment can cause loss
of orientation.
It was conceived that if the rotating
device could be taken inside the
protective environment of the carrier,
adverse factors that can significantly
decrease the ability to orient the guns in
a desired direction could be overcome,
if not completely eliminated.
Halliburton's G-Force® system is
comprised of an internal orienting
charge tube assembly and gun carrier,
which allows perforating in any
direction irrespective of the gun's
position relative to the casing.
orient in casing
• No need for fin tandems, eccentric
tandems, and swivel subs
• Increased orientation accuracy: the
operating range will be for wells of 25°
deviation and greater. For deviated
wells, the accuracy range is ± 5°.
• Compatible with live well
intervention systems such as the
AutoLatch™ connector, ratchet
connector, and the modular gun
system
• Gun assemblies can be centralized in
the casing.
• Can be deployed on coiled tubing,
wireline, slickline, or jointed pipe
• No external weight bars required
means no gaps between loaded
sections and no lost shots.

Features and Benefits

• Able to go through restrictions not
possible with older systems
• Since the orienting mechanism of the
internal orienting system is
contained within the gun carrier, the
fundamental orienting design is
unaffected by potential restrictions in
the completion string.
HAL12019

G-Force® System

16
Special
6-16 Applications Special Applications
16
 3.375-in. G-Force® System Specifications
Vertical Distance from Top
Thread Size and Maximum Shot Maximum Diameter End of Gun to
Type Gun OD Length Shot Shot Perforation Spacing after Detonation First Shot
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) Density Phasing Planes in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

2 7/8 6P Acme 3.375 22 4 spf 2.8 3.42 8.50

101300078 180° 2
(73.03 6P Acme) (85.73) (6.7) (13 spm) (71.12) (86.87) (215.90)

Collapse
Tensile Load Pressure Tandem Tensile Load Survival Test
SAP No. lb (kg) psi (bars) lb (kg) Medium

238,000 25,000 355,000

101300078 Fluid
(107 954) (1725) (161 025)

4.625-in. G-Force® System Specifications

Vertical Distance from Top
Thread Size and Maximum Shot Maximum Diameter End of Gun to
Type Gun OD Length Shot Shot Perforation Spacing after Detonation First Shot
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) Density Phasing Planes in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

4.00 6P Acme 4.625 22 4 spf 2.8 4.69 8.50

101305067 180° 2
(101.60 Acme) (117.48) (6.7) (13 spm) (71.12) (118.87) (215.90)

Collapse
Tensile Load Pressure Tandem Tensile Load Survival Test
SAP No. lb (kg) psi (bars) lb (kg) Medium

403,000 20,000 563,000

101305067 Fluid
(182 783) (1378.95) (255 372)

G-Force® Charge Performance Data

Explosive Explosive Casing Target Total Target
Size SPF Phasing Type Part No. Charge Type Load Size Strength EHD Penetration

HMX 101233817 Millennium™ 15 4 1/2 6000 0.26 24.07

3 3/8 4 G-Force
HMX 101366678 Millennium 21 4 1/2 5671 0.39 32.57
RDX 100005322 DP 32 7 5117 0.42 27.00
HMX 101210636 Millennium 39 7 5518 0.35 43.60
4 5/8 4 G-Force
HNS 101210636 Millennium 39 7 7559 0.33 31.20
HNS 101287306 Millennium 39 7 5/8 6349 0.29 30.20

Special Applications 6-17

17
Explosive Transfer Swivel Sub

The explosive transfer swivel sub allows two sections of guns

to rotate independently of one another. This independent
rotation is important on long strings of guns in horizontal
wells when they must be oriented in a specific direction. It is
easier to orient several short sections of guns, rather than one
long section.

Features and Benefits

• Useful in horizontal wells when shots need to be oriented
in a specific direction to the wellbore
• Bidirectional, allowing firing from either direction

Operation
This swivel sub can be run as a connector between two guns
to allow them to rotate independently without breaking the
explosive train. In other words, this sub passes on the
explosive transfer to the next gun.
HAL10513

Explosive Transfer
Swivel Sub Assembly

Explosive Transfer Swivel Sub Specifications

Thread Size and Maximum Makeup Maximum Operating Maximum Operating
Type OD Length Pressure Tensile Strength Tensile Load*
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bar) lb (kg) lb (kg)

2 3/8 (60.33) 6P 2.75 1.13 20,000 108,000 32,000

101271529
Acme Box × Pin (69.85) (0.344) (1379) (48 988) (14 515)
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P 3.375 1.13 20,000 190,000 40,000
101271553
Acme Box × Pin (85.73) (0.344) (1379) (86 183) (18 144)
4.00 (101.60) 6P 4.625 1.16 20,000 332,000 60,000
101271546
Acme Box × Pin (117.47) (0.353) (1379) (150 593) (27 216)
4.420 (112.27) 6P 5.125 1.13 20,000 416,000 60,000
101284187
Acme Box × Pin (130.18) (0.344) (1379) (188 694) (27 216)
5 1/8 (130.18) 6P 5.750 1.16 20,000 410,000 60,000
101278821
Acme Box × Pin (146.05) (0.353) (1379) (185 973) (27 216)
*Maximum operating tensile load is the point at which the ball bearing race will start to deform, and the tool will not function as designed.
Temperature rating is determined by explosive.

18
Special
6-18 Applications Special Applications
18
Eccentric Orienting Tandem

For several years, Halliburton successfully ran oriented

perforating jobs using a fin welded to a gun connection every
30 ft in conjunction with swivel assemblies.

Now, a second method for orienting perforations referred

to as eccentric subs has been developed. The eccentric sub
is run in place of the finned tandem still in conjunction
with a swivel assembly.

The eccentric tandem works on the same principle as the

fins. As the guns are run into the well, and transition from a
vertical to deviated position occurs, the natural tendency is
for the fin to orient to the high side of the wellbore. The
eccentric tandem works on the same principle. The eccentric

HAL15456
tandems allows for a greater degree of accuracy with an
overall smaller profile.

Eccentric Orienting Tandem

Features
Eccentric subs allow perforating guns to be oriented in
situations where the fin system is not ideal due to restrictions
in the casing, fishing concerns, welding concerns, etc. Several
tests and wells have been perforated using this new technique
in the North Sea area and the Gulf of Mexico.

• Built with an adjustable ring, which makes it possible to

orient the shots in the casing to a predetermined direction
• Tensile strength of the eccentric sub equivalent to the
standard gun connectors
• Available for most gun sizes

Benefits
• Eliminates the use of welded fins on the connectors

Special Applications 6-19

19
Roller Tandem Assembly

Roller tandem assemblies are used to reduce the friction

between the perforating guns and the casing. In some cases,
the frictional drag can be reduced by as much as 90%.

Applications
• Running guns on coiled tubing in horizontal and highly
deviated wells
• Dropping the guns into the rathole in highly deviated wells
• Can be deployed in conjunction with the modular gun
system

HAL10567

Roller Tandem Assembly

Roller Tandem Assembly Specifications

Size Effective OD Roller Tensile Strength Makeup Length
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) No. of Rollers Phasing lb (kg) in. (mm)

2 3/4 3.06 6 140,000 6.97

120021632 60°
(69.85) (77.72) (2 rows of 3) (63 503) (177.04)
3 3/8 3.76 8 246,000 7.70
100155770 45°
(85.72) (95.50) (2 rows of 4) (111 584) (195.58)
4 5/8 5.63 8 414,000 9.25
100155771 45°
(117.47) (143.00) (2 rows of 4) (187 787) (234.95)
7 8.20 8 444,000 15.52
101313551 45°
(177.80) (208.28) (2 rows of 4) (201 395) (394.21)

20
Special
6-20 Applications Special Applications
20
Centralizer Tandem

In certain types of TCP operations, it is desirable to

centralize the guns and other tools in the casing. Halliburton
has designed a full range of centralizers to meet this
requirement for all gun sizes. The centralizers are designed to
minimize the possibility of “hanging up” while running or
pulling the guns, and to maximize the flow area around the
Centralizer
centralizers.

Application
Two of the primary applications for the centralizers are:
Guns
1. When perforating with big hole charges, it is
recommended to centralize the guns to ensure that the
exit holes in the casing will all be of a consistent size. If
the guns are not centralized, the size of the exit holes
will vary according to the clearance from the gun to
the casing. This can cause problems with sand control Centralizer
operations.

2. In modular gun completions, it is necessary to

centralize the gun modules to obtain a reliable
HAL15986

explosive transfer between modules.

Contact your Halliburton representative for a list of available Centralizer Tandem

centralizers.

Special Applications 6-21

21
StimGun™ Assembly
The StimGun™ assembly is a process
that combines perforating and
perforation breakdown with
propellant in a single tool and
operation. The StimGun assembly has
a propellant sleeve over a conventional
Halliburton VannGun® perforating
gun assembly. When the guns are
detonated, the propellant sleeve is
ignited, instantly producing a burst of
high-pressure CO2 gas. This gas enters
the perforations, breaks through any
damage around the perforation
tunnel, and creates short fractures
near the wellbore. As the gas pressure
in the wellbore dissipates, the gas in
the formation surges back into the
wellbore carrying with it damaging
fines. The StimGun assembly has been
used with great success in
conventional underbalanced
perforating to obtain the benefits of
both extreme overbalance from
propellants and the surging effect
from maximum underbalance.
Benefits
• Improved production or injectivity
with greater uniformity in the
perforation breakdown
• Improved connectivity to the
undamaged reservoir matrix by
extending fractures past damage
induced by either drilling or
completion practices
• Improved conventional
underbalanced perforating by
combining benefits of extreme
overbalance in one operation
• Stimulation of near-wellbore on
zones that cannot be treated
conventionally with acid or hydraulic
fracturing due to undesirable
production from nearby gas cap or
water contact
22
Special
6-22 Applications
• Excellent pre-hydraulic fracture
treatment assists in keeping
perforations open and minimizes
tortuosity effects, resulting in Radioactive
lower breakdown pressures Marker
and horsepower requirements
on location.
Safety Joint
Operation
The StimGun assembly consists of a Retrievable
cylindrical sleeve of gas-generating Packer
propellant-potassium perchlorate that
slides in place over the outside of a
conventional hollow steel carrier
perforating gun. The StimGun
assembly can be conveyed on either
wireline, coiled tubing, or in a
conventional perforation
configuration. StimGun sleeves are
similar to PVC pipe and must be
Fill Disk
protected and positioned on the gun
with an oversized retaining collar that
is secured to the gun scallop.
Additional sleeve protection is
achieved through centralization of the Firing Head
gun sections at the tandems.
StimGun is a trademark of Marathon Oil
Centralizer
Company and is licensed to Halliburton by
Marathon.
Fast Gauge
Recorder
HAL15417
StimGun™ Assembly
Special Applications
22
 StimGun™ Assembly Specifications
Minimum
Gun Size Sleeve OD Sleeve ID Centralizer OD* Propellant Mass**
in. Sleeve SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb/ft (kg/m)

3.11 2.50 3.50 2.01

2 1/2 58179
(78.99) (63.50) (88.90) (2.99)
3.36 2.75 3.76 2.01
2 3/4 58190
(85.34) (69.85) (95.50) (2.99)
3.72 3.21 4.13 2.33
3 1/8 58193
(94.48) (81.53) (104.90) (3.46)
4.02 3.38 4.40 2.67
3 3/8 58195
(102.10) (85.85) (111.76) (3.98)
4.71 4.05 5.09 3.68
4 58196
(119.63) (102.87) (129.28) (5.47)
5.21 4.72 5.63 3.33
4 5/8 57514
(132.33) (119.88) (143.00) (4.96)
5.81 5.175 6.18 3.99
5 1/8 101240496
(147.63) (131.44) (156.97) (5.94)
6.45 5.75 6.95 4.68
5 3/4 215347
(163.83) (146.05) (176.53) (6.97)
7.88 7.09 8.25 7.01
7 58159
(200.15) (180.08) (209.55) (10.43)
StimGun sleeves are manufactured in standard 3 ft (0.91 m) lengths and are rated for a service temperature of 350°F (177°C). The sleeves
are non-reactive to most commonly used oilfield fluids, including acids.
*The StimGun sleeve is an oxidizer that is bonded with a resin or plastic, making it quite brittle; therefore, it is required that the perforating
gun be centralized to this minimum OD to provide protection when the assembly is in the wellbore.
**CO2 gas generated from a propellant burn is estimated at 7.06 scf per kg of material at standard conditions.

Retaining Collar Assembly Specifications

Minimum
Gun Size OD ID Sleeve OD Centralizer OD Flow Area through Collar
SAP No. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (mm2)

3.38 2.56 3.11 3.51 1.10

101233588 2 1/2
(85.85) (65.02) (78.99) (89.15) (709.67)
3.63 2.81 3.36 3.76 1.15
101233598 2 3/4
(92.20) (71.37) (85.34) (95.50) (741.93)
4.02 3.18 3.72 4.13 1.21
101233215 3 1/8
102.10) (80.77) (94.48) (104.90) (780.64)
4.27 3.43 4.02 4.40 1.71
101240387 3 3/8 12 spf
(108.45) (87.12) (102.10) (111.76) (1103.22)
4.27 3.43 4.02 4.40 1.71
101222271 3 3/8
(108.45) (87.12) (102.10) (111.76) (1103.22)
4.96 4.06 4.71 5.09 2.00
101233163 4
(125.98) (103.12) (119.63) (129.28) (1290.32)
5.50 4.69 5.21 5.63 2.00
101227396 4 5/8
(139.70) (119.12) (132.33) (143.00) (1290.32)
6.05 5.19 5.81 6.18 2.21
101239368 5 1/8
(153.67) (131.82) (147.32) (156.97) (1425.80)
6.70 5.82 6.45 6.95 2.70
101303748 5 3/4
(170.18) (147.82) (163.83) (176.53) (1741.93)
8.15 7.07 7.88 8.25 3.75
101292913 7
(207.01) (179.57) (200.15) (209.55) (2419.35)
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Special Applications 6-23

23
StimTube™ Assembly
The StimTube™ assembly is a process
that uses the same solid propellant
technology employed by the
StimGun™ assembly to stimulate
existing perforations, slotted liners,
or openhole sections when it is not
desirable to add perforations. The
StimTube assembly is a hollow rod
with propellant molded onto it and
standard detonating cord run through
the ID of this rod to provide the
ignition system. When the detonating
cord is ignited, the solid propellant
breaks up into many smaller pieces,
allowing it to burn very rapidly and
producing CO2 gas. This gas enters
the perforations, breaking through
any damage around the perforation
tunnel, creating short fractures near
the wellbore. As the gas pressure in
the wellbore dissipates, the gas in the
formation surges back into the
wellbore, carrying with it damaging
fines. StimTube assembly jobs are
designed using Halliburton’s
PulsFrac™ simulator, which assists
in achieving consistent results
without compromising safety or
wellbore integrity.
Operation
The StimTube assembly consists of a
solid stick of gas-generating
propellant-potassium perchlorate that
is molded onto a hollow rod with
detonating cord run through the
inside of this rod. The StimTube
assembly can be conveyed on either
wireline, coiled tubing, or threaded
pipe. Standard perforating safety,
arming, and firing procedures are
used. The StimTube assembly is
available in a wide range of sizes (1 1/2
to 3 in.) and lengths to accommodate
most commonly used completion
configurations. The industry standard
detonating cord provides consistent,
24
Special
6-24 Applications
reliable, and instantaneous ignition
over the entire length of the StimTube
assembly. Radioactive
Collar
When deployed on coiled tubing or
threaded pipe, the StimTube assembly On/Off Connector
is run inside a vented hollow steel
carrier.
PLS Packer
Benefits
• Improved production or injectivity
with greater uniformity in the
perforation breakdown
• Improved connectivity to the
Vent
undamaged reservoir matrix by
extending fractures past damage
induced by either drilling or
completion practices
Firing Head
• Stimulation of near-wellbore on
zones that cannot be treated
StimTube™ Assembly
conventionally with acid or hydraulic
fracturing due to undesirable
production from nearby gas cap or
water contact
• Excellent pre-hydraulic fracture
Fast Gauge
treatment assists in keeping
Recorder
perforations open and minimizes
tortuosity effects resulting in
lower breakdown pressures
and horsepower requirements
HAL11842
on location.
• Selective stimulation of long
openhole horizontal sections StimTube™ Assembly
StimTube and StimGun are trademarks of
Marathon Oil Company and are licensed to
Halliburton by Marathon.
PulsFrac is a trademark of John F. Schatz
Research and Consulting, Inc.
Special Applications
24
 StimTube™ Assembly Specifications
Tool Size Minimum Centralizer OD* Propellant Mass
in. in. (mm) lb/ft (kg/m)**

1.63 0.66
1 1/2
(41.40) (0.98)
1.94 0.97
1 11/16
(49.27) (1.44)
2.25 1.70
2
(57.15) (2.53)
2.63 2.76
2 1/2
(66.80) (4.10)
3.25 4.19
3
(82.55) (6.23)
StimTube™ assemblies are manufactured in lengths from 1- to 5-ft
(0.30 to 1.52 m) sections that can be connected with collars for required job parameters.
The propellant is rated for a service temperature of 350°F (177°C) and is non-reactive to
most commonly used oilfield fluids including acids.
*The StimTube assembly is an oxidizer that is bonded with a resin or plastic, making it
quite brittle; therefore, it is required that the assembly be centralized to this minimum OD
to provide protection when the assembly is conveyed in the wellbore on wireline.
**CO2 gas generated from a propellant burn is estimated at 7.06 scf per kg of material at
standard conditions.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton
representative.

Special Applications 6-25

25
PerfStim™ Process

The PerfStim™ process uses an extreme overbalanced

condition to simultaneously perforate and stimulate a well.
The process not only produces cleaner perforations in low-
pressure formations, it also initiates fractures in the
formation, reducing stimulation costs.

Benefits
• Gets production flowing quickly
• Saves rig time
• Helps develop negative skin factors
• Gives an early evaluation of a well’s potential
• Uses less horsepower than full scale stimulations

Operation
In the PerfStim process, an extreme overbalanced Packer
condition is created—pressure gradients of at least
1.4 psi/ft (31 bar/m).

When the perforating gun fires, the pressure drives a fluid

“spear” into the perforation at velocities exceeding
3,000 ft/sec (900 m/sec) and at rates that can exceed
140 bbl/min. Crushed zone damage is removed and small
fractures are created—improving initial production and
treatment results. Firing Head

The PerfStim process is licensed to Halliburton by Oryx Energy Company.

PerfStim is a trademark of Oryx Energy Company.
®
VannGun
Assembly
HAL15387

Halliburton’s VannSystem® toolstring is used in typical

PerfStim™ procedures. The tubing conveyed system helps to
allow for the highest possible bottomhole pressures. A small
volume (usually no more than a 300-ft column) of non-
damaging fluid is placed above the gun, then pressured with
nitrogen. If needed, a liquid can be bullheaded on top of the
nitrogen column. The VannGun® perforating assembly can
remain attached to the toolstring or dropped into the rathole
after the guns have been fired.

26
Special
6-26 Applications Special Applications
26
POWR*PERFSM Perforation/Stimulation Process

POWR*PERFSM perforation/ assembly. A non-damaging fluid is

stimulation process is a completion added to the tubing to serve as a
process that uses proven extreme medium for carrying the bauxite
overbalance perforating techniques. into the formation. After the assembly
This method is coupled with the has been positioned across the
release of an erosive agent at the producing zone, the tubing is
moment of VannGun® detonation to energized with nitrogen gas to create a
clean and scour near-wellbore damage pressure gradient of no less than
and enhance conductivity of fractures 1.4 psi/ft (31 bar/m). A model KV-II
created by extreme overbalance firing head, which has been pre-set to
perforating. function at the desired bottomhole
pressure, detonates the VannGun
assembly and opens flow ports to
Features and Benefits allow the fluid and nitrogen to rush
toward the formation. The fluid
• Overcomes skin damage in low
“spear” is driven ahead of the
pressure, high permeability wells
expanding nitrogen gas into the
• Can be a useful pre-frac formation at velocities that can exceed
evaluation tool 140 bbl/min. The bauxite material is
• Applicable to both new wells and ejected into the fluid stream at the
wells with nearby water or gas moment of detonation by specially Retrievable
designed shaped charges. The Packer
• Compatible with all casing sizes
combination of fluid and bauxite
and tubulars
serves to fracture, erode, and scour all
of the perforations, and to further
Operation enhance the fractures created by
extreme overbalance perforating. KV-II Firing
The POWR*PERF tool is run as a Head
normal part of the completion POWR*PERF is a service mark/trademark
of Marathon Oil Company and licensed by
Halliburton.
Proppant
SM Carrier
POWR*PERF Perforation/Stimulation Process Specifications
Minimum Ratio
POWR*PERF Available Bauxite Assembly Collapse Interval to
Carrier Sizes Lengths Capacities Weight Pressure POWR*PERF
in. (mm) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg) psi (bar) Carrier
VannGun®
3 1/8 16 (4.88) 56 (25.40) 250 (113.40) 20,000 Assembly
1:1
(79) 22 (6.71) 80 (36.29) 344 (156.04) (1379)
HAL15314

3 3/8 16 (4.88) 67 (30.39) 323 (146.51) 25,000

1:1
(86) 22 (6.71) 95 (43.09) 447 (202.76) (1724)

16 (4.88) 95 (43.09) 407 (184.61) POWR*PERFSM

4 19,000
1:1 Perforation/Stimulation Process
(102) 22 (6.71) 170 (77.11) 599 (271.70) (1310)

4 1/2 16 (4.88) 140 (63.50) 492 (223.17) 18,000

1:1
(114) 22 (6.71) 200 (90.72) 684 (310.26) (1241)

Maximum operating pressure is determined by tubulars.

These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton
representative.

Special Applications 6-27

27
Quick Torque™ Connector

The Quick Torque™ connector consists of connectors that

cover both ends of each gun section to enclose the assembly.
The connectors have a common, self-aligning drillpipe
thread that allows automatic or manual make-up. Explosive
transfer occurs through a web, making the system
self-contained for added safety. With these connectors, TCP
gun assemblies can now be picked up by the rig equipment
and properly made up using iron roughneck equipment,
without the need for human intervention. It simplifies the
process and saves time by eliminating assembly of the
components on the rig.

Features and Benefits

• Standard NC38 thread make-up procedure
• Redressable
• Self-contained system increases personnel safety on the rig
floor—no human intervention is needed
• Once the thread protectors are removed, all subsequent
steps can be automated
• Efficient, automated system saves rig time
• Allows venting of any built-up pressure during shipping
• No exposed explosives
• Q125 material, sour service > 175° F

Operation
This system can be used on any rig with automatic or manual
pipe handling equipment. It can be used with 4 5/8-in.
standard or 4 5/8-in. self-orienting TCP gun systems, and a
3 3/8-in.-OD or smaller firing head.
HAL14399
HAL14398

Gun Firing Head

Sub-Assembly Sub-Assembly

28
Special
6-28 Applications Special Applications
28
 Quick Torque™ Connector
Maximum Temperature Makeup
Thread Tool Max. OD Operating Rating* Length Tensile Rating
SAP No. Connection in (mm) Pressure* psi (bar) °F (°C) in. (mm) End Connections lb (kg)

Pin Connector Determined by 493,500

4.75 6.75 4-6 Acme Pin x
101351984 Assy, NC38 Pin 20,000 (1379) explosives and (223,848) Limited by
(120.65) (.17) Modified NC38 Pin
x Acme Pin elastomers 4 -6 Acme Pin Thd
Firing Head
493,500
Connector Assy, Determined by 2 7/8-6 Acme and
4.75 7.61 (223,848)
101352042 NC38 Pin x 20,000 (1379) explosives and Pin x 4-6 Acme Pin x
(120.65) (.19) Limited by 4 -6 Acme
Double Acme elastomers Modified NC38 Pin
Pin Thd
Pin
493,500
Box Connector Determined by
4.75 23.08 Modified NC38 Box x (223,848)
101351885 Assy, NC38 Box 20,000 (1379) explosives and
(120.65) (.59) 4-6 Acme Pin Limited by 4 -6 Acme
x Acme Pin elastomers
Pin Thd
Crossover,
Determined by 398,000
Standard NC38 4.75 13.56 NC38 Box x
101354907 20,000 (1379) explosives and (180,530)
Box x Modified (120.65) (.34) Modified NC38 Pin
elastomers Limited by NC38 Box
NC38 Pin
Firing Head
Connector Assy, 493,500
Determined by Modified NC38 Box x
Firing Head on 4.75 23.08 (223,848)
101381170 20,000 (1379) explosives and 4-6 Acme Pin x
Bottom, NC38 (120.65) (.59) Limited by 4-6 Acme
elastomers 2 7/8-6 Acme Pin
Box x Double Pin Thd
Acme Pin
* Maximum Operating Pressure and Temperature Rating based on the elastomers.

Special Applications 6-29

29
 Pump-Through Firing Head
The 1 11/16-in. pump-through firing head is designed to be
run on coiled tubing and is used for breaking the ceramic
flapper valve disk on a one-trip coiled tubing operation. The
firing head originates from proven technology in the
1 11/16-in. pressure actuated pressure firing head. The
components were hardened to withstand pumping erosion,
and an outer tube is incorporated to allow fluid circulation to
the bottom of the tool. A miniature shaped charge is set in
the bottom of the firing head to shoot into the ceramic disk.
The assembly is actuated by dropping a ball through the
coiled tubing, which seats in the assembly to allow a pressure
differential to actuate the firing head and shape charge.

Application
The pump-through firing head can be used to circulate
debris off of a barrier, such as a ceramic disk, and then shoot
into the barrier to break it up. This function is primarily
developed toward circulating sand and other debris off of a
ceramic disk in a production well, and then shooting into the
disk to allow access below.

HAL15777

Firing Head Assembly

1 11/16-in. Pump Through

Pump-Through Firing Head Specifications

Maximum
Thread Size and Operating Flow Area Axial Load Collapse Overall Maximum Flow
Type Maximum OD Minimum ID* Pressure (before firing) Temperature Rating Pressure Length Mass Rate
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) psi (bars) in.2 (mm2) Rating lb (kg) psi (bars) in. (mm) lb (kg) bbl/min (m3/min)
1.315
3,000 ± 10%
NU-10RD Pin 2.3 0. 44 0.15 As per 54,400 23,200 22.69 16.9 2.5
at 70°F
(33.40 (58.42) (11.18) (96.77) explosives (24,700) (1600) (576.32) (7.68) (0.397)
(207)
NU-10RD Pin)
*Through ball seat
Minimum Operating Pressure is not applicable.
Burst Pressure is not applicable.

30
Special
6-30 Applications Special Applications
30

Ancillary Equipment
Automatic-Release Gun Hanger (page 4)
Automatic-release gun hangers (ARGH) allow perforating
and testing of a zone without downhole restrictions. The
perforating assembly can be positioned and retained
adjacent to the desired interval. The drillpipe or tubing is
then removed. Once surface equipment is installed, guns
are automatically detonated and released in the bottom of
the well.
Emergency Release Assembly (page 8)
The emergency release assembly is designed to run in
conjunction with the ARGH. The emergency release is run
between the gun hanger and guns to serve as a “weak point”
in case the hanger gets stuck while running in hole.
Y-Block Assembly (page 9)
The Y-block assembly is used in dual and single selective
completions to attach or hang guns from the long string.
These assemblies are custom-made according to casing ID,
tubing size and type, and gun size.
Fast Gauge Recorder (page 10)
The fast gauge recorder is a downhole gauge that records
important pressure and temperature data in high-pressure,
severe shock/vibration environments. The pressure profile
collected is used for two important objectives. The first is to
verify proper propellant burn as well as determine the
fracturing response of the formation by analyzing post-job
data with the pre-job model done with the PulsFrac™
modeling software. The second objective is to provide
important information, relative to the perforating event, for
the engineering and design of downhole tools.
Ancillary Equipment
Ancillary Equipment
Balanced Isolation Tool (page 12)
The ported balanced isolation tool (BIT) assembly is used in
situations when venting devices cannot be utilized because of
packer selection or well conditions. Ported BIT assemblies
replace the fill disk assembly and are used in place of a
perforated sub. The BIT helps prevent contamination of the
fluid below it from the fluid above it through the glass disk,
which helps prevent debris from setting on the firing head.
Pressure is balanced across the glass barrier through
equalizing ports in the piston.
Annular Pressure-Control Line Vent (page 14)
Annular pressure control line (APF-C) vent devices isolate
the tubing from annulus fluid or pressure. The vent is
actuated by rathole pressure after the perforating assembly is
detonated and then provides a flowpath for the formation
fluid into the tubing string.
Annular Pressure-Control Line Swivel Sub
(page 15)
When run in conjunction with the annular pressure control
line (APF-C) firing head, the APF-C swivel sub provides a
swivel point between the guns and packer when it is desired
to have the guns rotate freely as when orienting shots in a
deviated well.
Annular Pressure-Control Line Tubing Release
Assembly (page 16)
The 2 7/8-in. APF-C tubing release assembly (APF-C TR)
provides a mechanical method of releasing the APF-C firing
head and VannGun® assembly from the tubing string.
PulsFrac is a trademark of John F. Schatz Research and Consulting, Inc.
7-1
Bar Pressure Vent (page 17)
The bar pressure vent is an internal sliding sleeve tool
actuated by pressure in the tubing and run between the
packer and the guns. It is designed to achieve a differential
pressure between the formation and the tubing string. The
tool helps to safely allow differential pressure in wells with
existing open perforations or in unperforated wells.
Below-Packer Vent Device (page 18)
The below-packer vent device (BPVD) was developed for
use with the annulus pressure crossover assembly (APCA).
Surface pressure applied to the annulus is transmitted
through the APCA to a closed chamber below the vent
device and above a pressure-responsive firing head. The
vent can be set to work before or after the perforating
assembly is detonated.
Maximum Differential Bar Vent (page 19)
The maximum differential bar vent (MDBV) is a vent run
between the perforating guns and packer. After the packer is
set, the vent opening creates communication between the
tubing and rathole. The vent is opened by breaking the plug
inside the tool and allowing the sleeve to uncover the ports.
Running the vent allows for running of the tubing in the well
with no hydrostatic pressure in the tubing.
7-2
Pressure-Operated Vent (page 20)
The pressure-operated vent (POV) design helps achieve a
differential pressure between the formation and tubing string
and provides a way to open the vent and test the packer
before guns are fired. When guns are positioned and the
packer set, the predetermined amount of fluid is added to the
tubing. Adding the fluid into the tubing causes the vent to
open and helps create proper pressure differential
before firing.
Vann™ Circulating Valve (page 21)
The Vann™ circulating valve (VCV) can be used as a
circulating valve for displacing well fluids before setting a
packer. After fluid is displaced, pressure to the tubing or
annulus to rupture a disk and close the valve.
Automatic Release (page 22)
The automatic release (AR) allows perforating guns to
immediately drop after firing.
Mechanical Tubing Release (page 24)
The mechanical tubing release (MTR) provides the option of
keeping or releasing the VannGun® assembly from the tubing
string. The MTR is usually run above the firing head and
below the production ports below the packer. The MTR
mechanism is operated by a standard shifting tool.
Ancillary Equipment
Pressure-Actuated Tubing Release (page 26)
When mechanical or slickline devices are not desirable, the
pressure-actuated tubing release (PATR) is used to separate
the guns from the toolstring. The guns drop off of the
production tubing when separated. Once the guns drop
away, other tools and operations have no restrictions
through the end of the tubing. The housing attached to the
string has a greater ID than the tubing.
DPU® Downhole Power Unit (page 27)
The DPU® downhole power unit is an electromechanical
device that is designed to produce a linear force for setting
(or pulling) wellbore tools such as Monolock® locks, bridge
plugs, or packers. The slickline version of the DPU unit uses
batteries to provide the energy to the motor and timing
circuits. An electric-line version without the timer, circuits,
and batteries is also available. A modified version is used to
fire perforating guns using a model III-D firing head.
SmartETD® Advanced Electronic Triggering
Device (page 28)
The SmartETD® tool is an advanced electronic triggering
device that provides an accurate, safe, and reliable method to
run and fire downhole explosive tools using slickline. With
its built-in sensor and memory capabilities, it can record and
store downhole temperature and pressure data that can be
used by the slickline specialists to program firing parameters.
Ancillary Equipment
Coiled Tubing Conveyed Perforating (page 29)
Conveying perforating guns to the zone of interest with
coiled tubing has been effectively used for many years since
faster run-in times occur when compared to conventional
methods. Also, the guns can be detonated either with
wireline or a pressure-activated firing head.
Fill Disk Assembly (page 30)
The fill disk assembly (FDA) is used in place of a perforated
sub and replaces the balanced isolation tool in wells with
reasonably clean fluids. The glass disk helps prevent debris
from settling on the firing head, while pressure is equalized
across the glass disk. The FDA is run between the firing
head and packer.
Gun Guides (page 31)
The gun guides are used with Y-blocks in dual- and single-
string completions. In a dual completion, gun guides help
maintain proper orientation of guns attached to the short
string.
EZ Pass™ Gun Hanger (page 32)
The EZ Pass™ gun hanger runs with Halliburton’s modular
gun system. The advanced design includes slips that remain
retracted within slip housing until the tool is set. After the
perforating event, slips return to the running position and
the tool auto-releases. If desired, the hanger can be fished
with a standard pulling tool and retrieved from the well.
Hydraulic Metering Release Tool for the Single
Trip System (STPP™-GH) (page 34)
The hydraulic metering release tool is one component of the
single trip system that allows us to perforate and frac-pack a
zone of interest in a single trip.
7-3
Automatic-Release Gun Hanger—Rotational Set
For high volume testing and
production, the automatic-release gun
hanger (ARGH) allows perforating
and testing of a zone without
imposing downhole restrictions. The
perforating assembly can be
positioned and retained adjacent to
the desired interval. The drillpipe or
tubing is then removed. After all
surface equipment is installed, the
guns are detonated and then released
automatically into the bottom of the
well.
Features and Benefits
With the ARGH:
• No tubing is required between the
guns and packer.
• No wireline work is required to drop
the assembly.
• No restrictions are left in the casing
below the packer.
• The maximum desired
underbalanced pressure can be used.
• Production tubing can be run and
tested independently from other
tools.
• The ARGH and guns are run on the
workstring.
• The risk of presetting the packer is
reduced.
• In BigBore™ monobore completions,
the production tubing and
permanent packer are installed
before running the ARGH
perforating assembly.
• Remedial work can be performed
without pulling production
equipment (such as setting bridge
plugs, adding perforations, running
coiled tubing, etc.).
7-4
• Lower gun-firing pressures can be
used since all production equipment
is pressure-tested before the guns are
installed in the well (no need to
exceed previous test pressures). Primacord
Operation
The ARGH is made up on the bottom
of the perforating assembly. A right-
hand release on/off tool is made up on Shaped
the top of the bottomhole assembly Charges
(BHA). After the BHA is correlated on
depth, the operator picks up the string,
turns it to the right, and slacks off
weight on the ARGH. The ARGH
should be set at this point. Silicone
Fluid
With weight still on the BHA, the Chamber
operator continues to turn the
workstring to the right to release the
on/off tool.
As the guns are detonated, the explosive
train is continued to the ARGH. Two
shaped charges are detonated into a
sealed fluid chamber. This action
eliminates the support to the slip
assembly. The ARGH and perforating
assembly are then released
automatically and fall to the bottom. Slip
Assembly
HAL10516
Auto-Release Gun Hanger
Rotational Set
Ancillary Equipment
 Automatic-Release Gun Hanger—Rotational Set Specifications
Casing OD Casing Range Maximum OD Length Minimum Tensile Rating Minimum BHA Weight Maximum Gun Weight
in. (mm) lb/ft (kg/m) in. (mm) ft (m) lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg)

3 1/2 5.7-10.2 2.75 3.33 25,000 150 12,300

(88.9) (8.48-15.18) (69.85) (1.02) (11 300) (68) (5580)
4 1/2 9.5-13.5
(114.3) (14.14-20.09) 3.75 4.88 85,000 300 40,000
5 11.5-18 (95.25) (1.49) (38 500) (136) (18 140)
(127) (17.11-26.78)
5 1/2 13-26 4.5 5.92 120,000 500 40,000
(139.7) (19.34-38.69) (114.3) (1.80) (54 400) (227) (18 140)
7 17-38
(177.8) (25.3-56.54) 5.5 6.04 120,000 600 40,000
7 5/8 20-39 (123.2) (1.84) (54 400) (272) (18 140)
(193.7) (29.76-58.03)
9 5/8 29.3-53.5 8.0 7.08 120,000 600 40,000
(244.5) (43.6-79.61) (203.2) (2.16) (54 400) (272) (18 140)

Ancillary Equipment 7-5

Automatic-Release Gun Hanger—Automatic-J Mandrel
For high volume testing and
production, the automatic-release gun
hanger (ARGH) allows perforating
and testing of a zone without
imposing downhole restrictions. The
perforating assembly can be
positioned and retained adjacent to
the desired interval. The drillpipe or
tubing is then removed. After all
surface equipment is installed, the
guns are detonated and then released
automatically into the bottom of the
well.
Features and Benefits
With the ARGH:
• No tubing is required between the
guns and packer.
• No wireline work is required to drop
the assembly.
• No restrictions are left in the casing
below the packer.
• The maximum desired
underbalanced pressure can be used.
• Production tubing can be run
and tested independently from
other tools.
7-6
• The automatic-J ARGH and guns are
run on wireline, slickline, coiled
tubing, or the workstring.
• In BigBore™ monobore completions,
the production tubing and
permanent packer are installed
before running the ARGH
perforating assembly.
• Remedial work can be performed
Silicone Fluid
without pulling production
Chamber
equipment (such as setting bridge
plugs, adding perforations, running
coiled tubing, etc.).
• Lower gun-firing pressures can be
used since all production equipment
is pressure-tested before the guns are
installed in the well (no need to
exceed previous test pressures).
Slip Cone
Operation
The automatic-J mandrel can be run
on wireline, slickline, coiled tubing, or
the workstring. Rotation is not Automatic-J
required to set the automatic-J gun Mandrel
hanger. Upward and downward
manipulation either sets or un-sets the Primacord
hanger. As the guns are detonated, the
explosive train is continued to the
ARGH. Two shaped charges are
detonated into a sealed fluid chamber.
This action eliminates the support to
the slip assembly. The ARGH and
perforating assembly are then released Slip Assembly
automatically and fall to the bottom.
Time-Delay Firer
HAL10542
Crossover
Automatic-Release
Gun Hanger (ARGH)
Automatic-J Mandrel
Ancillary Equipment
 Automatic-J Mandrel Specifications
Casing Maximum Maximum Operating Minimum Maximum
Casing OD Range OD Length Pressure* Tensile Rating BHA Weight Gun Weight
in. (mm) lb/ft (kg/m) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg)

2 7/8 6.4-6.50 2.25 4.49-4.87 20,000 25,000 150 9,000

(73.1) (9.52-9.67) (57.2) (1.349-1.47) (1379) (11 300) (68) (4050)
3 1/2
3 1/2 2.75 4.87-5.28 25,000 150 12,300
5.75-10.2 N/A
(88.9) (73.0) (1.47-1.59) (11 300) (68) (5580)
(8.56-15.18)
4
4 2.75 4.87-5.28 25,000 150 12,300
14.40 N/A
(101.6) (73.0) (1.47-1.59) (11 300) (68) (5580)
(21.43)
3 1/2
9.2-12.95 2.50 53.79-58.47 20,000 25,000 150 20,000
(88.9)
(13.69-19.27) (63.5) (16.40-17.82) (1379) (11 340) (68) (9072)
Slimhole
4 1/2
4 1/2 3.75 7.95-9.28 20,000 85,000 300 40,000
9.5-13.5
(114.3) (95.25) (2.40-2.80) (1379) (38 500) (136) (18 140)
(14.14-20.09)
5
5 3.75 7.95-9.28 20,000 85,000 300 40,000
15.0-18.0
(127) (95.25) (2.40-2.80) (1379) (38 500) (136) (18 140)
(22.32-26.78)
4 1/2
15.1-16.9 3.50 58.34-67.29 25,000 200 20,000
(114.3) N/A
(22.46-25.15) (88.9) (17.78-20.51) (11,340) (91) (9072)
Slimhole
5 1/2 15.50-23 4.50 9.31-10.29 120,000 500 40,000
N/A
(139.7) (23.06-34.22) (114.3) (2.80-3.10) (54 400) (227) (18 140)
7
7 5.5 9.26-10.44 120,000 600 40,000
20-38 N/A
(177.8) (123.2) (2.79-3.14) (54 400) (272) (18 140)
(29.76-56.54)
7 5/8
7 5/8 5.5 9.26-10.44 120,000 600 40,000
24-39 N/A
(193.7) (123.2) (2.79-3.14) (54 400) (272) (18 140)
(35.71-58.03)
9 5/8 29.3-53.5 8.0 7.08 120,000 600 40,000
N/A
(244.5) (43.6-79.61) (203.2) (2.16) (54 400) (272) (18 140)
*As total gun weight increases, the maximum operating pressure decreases.
Temperature rating is determined by explosives.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Ancillary Equipment 7-7

Emergency Release Assembly

The emergency release assembly was designed to run in

conjunction with the automatic-release gun hanger
assembly. When deploying the gun hanger on tubing or drill
pipe, the emergency release is run between the gun hanger
and guns to serve as a weak point in case the hanger gets
stuck while running in the hole. Pulling or jarring on the
pipe will cause the emergency release assembly to shear,
allowing the retrieval of the guns and tubing from the well.

When deploying the gun hanger on wireline, the rope socket

typically acts as the weak point.

HAL15987

Emergency Release Assembly

Emergency Release Assembly Specifications

OD Size Pressure Rating
SAP No. in. (mm) No. Shear Screws Temperature Rating psi (bar)

3 3/8 8 steel shear screws rated at 25,000

101201127 Determined by explosives
(85.73) 5,600 lb per screw (1724)

7-8 Ancillary Equipment

Y-Block Assembly

The Y-block assembly is used in dual completions and

single selective completions to attach or hang guns from
the long string.

In single selective completions, this installation is run either Retrievable

for selectively shooting and testing two zones or for Packer
production when the application requires the option of
producing two zones separately through one tubing string.

In dual completions, the assembly allows for the elimination Sliding-Side Door®
of the tail pipe between the dual packer and the gun.

The Y-block assembly is available as a ported or non-ported

assembly. The ported Y-block allows guns to be fired upon Y-Block
applying pressure to the long string. In the non-ported
assembly, there is no communication between the long string
and the short string. VannGun®
Assembly
Non-Ported Ported
Time-Delay Firer

Hydraulic
Packer
HAL10578

Nipple
Y-block assemblies are custom-made according to the casing ID, the
tubing size and type, and the gun size. Consult your local Vent
Halliburton representative for ordering information.
Tubing Release

Mechanical Firing
Head

VannGun
Assembly
HAL8139

Time-Delay Firer

Y-Block Assembly

Ancillary Equipment 7-9

Fast Gauge Recorder
The fast gauge recorder is a downhole
gauge that records important pressure
and temperature data in high-pressure,
severe shock/vibration environments.
This gauge is typically used with
StimGun™ assemblies or StimTube™
tools. The pressure profile collected is
used to verify proper propellant burn
as well as determine the fracturing
response of the formation by
analyzing post-job data with
PulsFrac™ software.
The data the fast gauge recorder collects
can be used to determine whether or
not the job was executed properly, to
validate computer models, and to make
initial determinations of rock
properties. The data can also be used to
estimate fracture gradients.
The fast gauge recorder can perform
within the rigors of perforating
applications by withstanding shock
loads of 100,000 g. The tool collects and
records 115,000 data points per second
to give exceptionally accurate and
reliable information.
12,000
Perforation event
Propellant burn gas expansion
10,000
Perforation breakdown and fracturing
8000
Pressure - psi
6000
4000
2000
Hydrostatic Head
0 0.005
Time - seconds
7-10
The programmable multi-speed feature
allows flexibility in collecting pressure,
acceleration, and vibration data at
various sampling speeds and time
intervals. The gauge starts sampling at a
slow speed and when a pressure pulse
or acceleration/vibration event occurs,
the gauge automatically switches to a
high sampling speed, then back to an
intermediate speed, and finally back to
a slow sampling speed. The process can
be repeated until the memory is full.
Each gauge includes a shock mitigator
which isolates the gauge from the tool,
reducing shock and vibration (up to a
factor of 10) that occurs when the gun
ignites. Use of the shock mitigator
lengthens the life of the recorder,
battery, and sensors.
A special application of the 1 11/16-in.
(42.86 mm) OD gauge is its use as a
“drop bar” to fire a propellant or
perforating gun. The gauge can be used
with firing pin and fishneck
attachments as the drop bar to trigger a
gun firing head. It can be left there as
long as necessary to collect pressure
flow data. With this feature, the
customer can retrieve pressure data
from the gun and also determine if the
gun actually fired.
80
HAL15464
70
60
Fast Gauge
50 Recorder
Pressure - MPa
40
StimTube and StimGun are trademarks of
30 Marathon Oil Company.
PulsFrac is a trademark of John F. Schatz
20 Research and Consulting, Inc.
10
0
0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025
Ancillary Equipment
Features • Selectable pressure, temperature, and acceleration/
vibration ranges
• Shock-hardened design
• Measures tool movement and acceleration/vibration up
• High sampling speed to ±50,000 g
• Records pressure, acceleration, vibration, and • Current and internal/battery voltage readouts to verify
temperature proper gauge operation
• Programmable low, intermediate, and high speeds and • Internal temperature and battery data
time intervals
• Selectable sampling rates up to 115,000 data points
• Can be used as drop bar pressure gauge per second
• Auto stop/start recording modes
Benefits • Includes shock mitigator

• Computer programming and data readout • Up to 1,048,756 data points of memory

• Internal microprocessor control • Uses low-cost standard AA alkaline or lithium batteries

• Automatic sensor testing and balancing

Fast Gauge Recorder Specifications

Maximum Sensor
Acceleration Computer/ Frequency
Gauge Dimensions and Vibration Current Drain Communications Software Response Power Requirements

1 11/16 in. OD × 50 in. 500 uA sleeping 750 MHz or greater PC, 6 to 12 volts, AA
± 50,000 g Windows 98* 0 to 10,000 Hz
(22 lb) 100 mA sampling with standard RS-232 alkaline or lithium cells
*Windows 2000 or NT is recommended.

Temperature Range Pressure Range

Sampling Rate °F (°C) psi (bar) Data Resolution Memory Capacity

115,000 points/second
-40 to 248 35,000 (2413) peak 12 bits @ 115,000
down to one sample every 1,048,576 data points
(-40 to 120) 15,000 (1034) continuous data points/second
10 seconds

Ancillary Equipment 7-11

Balanced Isolation Tool

The balanced isolation tool (BIT) Operation

assembly is used where either packer
selection or well conditions preclude the The basic components of the BIT are a
use of a venting device. The BIT floating piston with a glass disk, a
assembly replaces the fill disk assembly ported lower housing, and a top
and is used in place of a perforated sub. housing. The BIT is run with clean fluid
The BIT helps prevent contamination of below it.
the fluid below it from the fluid above it.
Debris or solids in the fluid above The upward travel of the floating piston
should not pass through the glass disk is limited by the bottom of the top sub.
that is in the floating piston. The glass A pressure increase above the glass
disk helps prevent debris from setting on barrier causes the piston to move down
the firing head. Pressure is balanced and forces fluid below the glass barrier
across the glass barrier through out of the bleeder ports. A pressure
equalizing ports in the piston. increase below the glass barrier forces
the piston to move up or forces fluid
The BIT assembly is run between the out of the bleeder ports.
firing head and packer. The
recommended minimum distance The piston moves up or down within its
from the BIT to the firing head is limits to help prevent the glass barrier
30 ft (9.14 m). from breaking. The glass barrier
remains intact until the bar passes
through it. As fluid enters or leaves the
Features and Benefits tubing through the ports, debris on the
glass barrier is washed off.
• Allows mud and debris to be
circulated off the glass barrier
through the flow ports above the
glass barrier
• Allows displacement of the tubing
with a lighter fluid or nitrogen before
firing the guns
• Allows swabbing of the tubing to
achieve differential pressure
• Allows stopping and circulating at
any depth since flow ports are
always open
• Can be run with either a mechanical
or pressure-actuated firing head
HAL15460

Balanced Isolation Tool

(BIT)

7-12 Ancillary Equipment

 Balanced Isolation Tool (BIT) Specifications
Thread Size Total Flow Overall Tensile
and Type Maximum OD Minimum ID No. of Area Length Strength
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Ports in.2 (cm2) ft (m) lb (kg)

1.90 (48.26) EUE 2.50 1.61 2.03 2.09 110,000

120022203 4
10 Rd Box × Pin (63.50) (40.89) (13.10) (0.64) (49 800)
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 2.895 2.0 3.09 2.02 100,000
101318220 4
8 Rd Box × Pin (73.4) (50.80) (19.96) (0.62) (45 300)
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 3.10 2.0 3.14 2.15 155,000
100014322 4
8 Rd Box × Pin (78.74) (50.80) (20.27) (0.65) (70 200)
2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 3.75 2.44 4.68 2.41 200,000
100014323 4
8 Rd Box × Pin (95.25) (61.98) (30.19) (0.73) (90 700)
3 1/2 (88.90) EUE 4.25 3.0 7.07 2.41 280,000
100156936 4
8 Rd Box × Pin (107.95) (76.20) (45.60) (0.73) (126 000)
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Ancillary Equipment 7-13

Annular Pressure-Control Line Vent

The annular pressure-control line (APF-C) vent is a device

that isolates the tubing from annulus fluid or pressure. The
vent is actuated by rathole pressure after the perforating
assembly has been detonated. It then provides a flowpath for
the formation fluid into the tubing string.

Features and Benefits

• Ideal for highly deviated or horizontal wells
• Requires minimal pressure to operate
• Eliminates nitrogen displacement or swabbing the tubing
string to achieve desired underbalance

Operation
The APF-C vent is run directly on top of the APF-C firing
head. When the perforating assembly is detonated, gun
pressure shifts an actuating piston into a power piston. This
shift opens the flow ports to the tubing.

HAL15441

Annular Pressure-Control Line

(APF-C) Vent

Annular Pressure-Control Line (APF-C) Vent Specifications

Maximum
Thread Size and Maximum Minimum No. and ID Flow Makeup Operating Tensile Burst Collapse
Type OD ID of Ports Area Length Pressure Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) ft (m) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)

2 3/8 (60.33) EUE

8 Rd Box × 3.38 Non- 4@1.0 2.63 2.37 20,000 150,000 22,000 22,000
120038049
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P (85.85) full-bore (25.4) (16.97) (0.72) (1380) (68 000) (1515) (1515)
Acme Box
2 7/8 (73.03)
EUE 8 Rd Box × 3.88 Non- 5@1.0 3.93 2.43 20,000 170,000 15,000 15,000
101016565
2 7/8 (73.03) 6P (98.55) full-bore (25.4) (25.34) (0.74) (1380) (77 000) (1035) (1035)
Acme Box
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

7-14 Ancillary Equipment

Annular Pressure-Control Line Swivel Sub

When run in conjunction with the annular pressure-control

line (APF-C) firing head, the APF-C swivel sub provides a
swivel point between the guns and packer when it is desired
to have the guns rotate freely as when orienting shots in a
deviated well.

Features and Benefits

• Compatible with APF-C firing head and control line
• Can be run anywhere between the packer and the
firing head
• Transmits pressure through the control line while rotating

Operation
The APF-C swivel is made up in the string between the
packer and the firing head. A section of control line is made
up from the packer to the top of the swivel. A second section
of control line is made up from the bottom of the swivel to

HAL10539
the APF-C firing head. Annulus pressure is transmitted from
the packer, through the swivel to the firing head.
APF-C Swivel Sub

Annular Pressure-Control Line (APF-C) Swivel Sub Specifications

Thread Size Collapse Make-up
and Type Maximum OD Minimum ID Tensile Strength Burst Pressure Pressure Length
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars) ft (m)

2 7/8 EU 8rd 5.13 2.0 200,000 1.3

101230619 NA* NA*
Box × Pin (130.30) (50.8) (90 718) (0.39)
*The APF-C swivel sub is not designed to operate with differential pressure.

Ancillary Equipment 7-15

Annular Pressure-Control Line Tubing Release

The 2 7/8-in. annular pressure-control line tubing release

assembly (APF-C TR) provides a mechanical method of
releasing the APF-C firing head and VannGun® assembly
from the tubing string.

Features and Benefits

• Releasing the gun assembly opens the tubing for other
tools such as production logging, testing, and treating
• Low cost method to release gun assembly
• Utilizes off-the-shelf shifting tools
• No time limit on dropping the gun assembly
• Leaves perforations uncovered and helps eliminate
flow restriction

Operation
The APF-C TR is run between the APF-C firing head and the
7- or 9 5/8-in. annulus pressure transfer reservoir (APTR).
The control line for the APF-C is attached to the control line
housing, which transfers the pressure through the APF-C TR
and out the finger sub to a second control line. The second
control line transfers the pressure down to the APF-C firing
head. Releasing can be accomplished by the use of a standard
HAL10589

Halliburton or Garret shifting tool.

APF-C Tubing Release (APF-C TR)

Annular Pressure Control Line Tubing Release (APF-C TR) Specifications

Makeup Tensile Burst Collapse
Upper Thread Size Lower Thread Size Length Maximum OD Minimum ID Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. and Type and Type ft (m) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kg) psi (bar) psi (bar)
2 7/8 EUE 8 Rd Box Latch Sizes – 1.88
2 7/8 EUE 8 Rd Pin 2.24 4.62 120,000 12,000 11,000
87921 (73.03 mm EUE 8 Rd (47.75), 2.125 (53.98),
(73.03 mm EUE 8 Rd Pin) (0.68) (117.35) (54 431) (827) (758)
Box) or 2.25 (57.15)

7-16 Ancillary Equipment

Bar Pressure Vent

The bar pressure vent (BPV) is Operation

designed to achieve a differential
pressure between the formation and
tubing string. This tool helps to safely
allow a differential pressure in wells
with existing open perforations or in
unperforated wells. The BPV is an
internal sliding-sleeve tool actuated by
pressure in the tubing. It is run between
the packer and the guns.
Features and Benefits
• Offers an inexpensive way to create
the necessary underbalance
• Allows the hole to be totally
contained at the wellhead before
the surge
• Allows the sleeve to lock in place
once the port is opened
• Can be run with any packer
• Does not rely on tubing
The BPV consists of a ported housing
and a sliding sleeve. The sliding sleeve is
isolated from the tubing pressure by a
break plug with a hollow center.
The BPV is activated when the
detonating bar is dropped through the
tubing and shears the hollow break
plug. This action allows the pressure
in the tubing to force the sleeve
upward, uncovering the ports. A lock
ring locks the sleeve open. The
detonating bar continues downward
to strike the firing head.
If the vent must be opened before
dropping the detonating bar, dropping
a special tube will open the vent and
not fire the guns. When the bar is
dropped, it will pass through the tube
and fire the guns.

HAL10565
manipulation (Hydrostatic
pressure in the tubing is the only
force required.)
Bar Pressure Vent (BPV)

Bar Pressure Vent (BPV) Specifications

Maximum Minimum Maximum
Thread Size Maximum Minimum No. and ID Flow Makeup Operating Operating Differential Tensile Burst Collapse
and Type OD ID of Ports Area Length Pressure Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)

2 3/8 (60.33)
3.06 1.50 4 @ 1.0 1.77 1.30 20,000 1,000 8,000 140,000 24,000 20,000
101201951 EUE 8 Rd
(77.72) (38.10) (25.40) (11.40) (0.40) (1380) (69) (550) (63 400) (1655) (1380)
Box × Pin
2 3/8 (60.33)
3.63 1.90 4 @ 1.0 3.14 1.30 15,000 1,000 8,000 146,000 18,000 22,000
100155788 EUE 8 Rd
(92.20) (48.26) (25.40) (20.27) (0.40) (1035) (69) (550) (66 200) (1240) (1515)
Box × Pin
2 7/8 (73.03)
3.88 2.25 4 @ 1.13 3.98 1.40 15,000 1,000 8,000 160,000 19,000 17,000
100010328 EUE 8 Rd
(98.55) (57.15) (28.70) (25.65) (0.43) (1035) (69) (550) (72 500) (1310) (1170)
Box × Pin
3 1/2 (88.90)
5.0 2.75 4 @ 1.75 5.94 1.57 15,000 1,000 8,000 400,000 22,000 18,000
100155789 EUE 8 Rd
(127.0) (69.85) (44.45) (38.32) (0.48) (1035) (69) (550) (181 400) (1515) (1240)
Box × Pin
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Ancillary Equipment 7-17

Below-Packer Vent Device

The below-packer vent device (BPVD) was developed for

use with the annulus-pressure crossover assembly (APCA).
Surface pressure applied to the annulus is transmitted
through the APCA to a closed chamber below the BPVD
and above a pressure-responsive firing head. The BPVD
can be set to work before or after the perforating assembly
is detonated.

Features and Benefits

• Does not require tubing hydrostatic pressure to operate
• Can operate in highly deviated wells
• Can be used in wells with low formation pressure
• Eliminates nitrogen requirements
• Helps allow maximum underbalance
• Is compatible with several types of firing heads
• Can provide reliable and accurate pressure response

Operation
To open the BPVD, a predetermined annulus pressure is
transmitted through the APCA to below the BPVD. This
pressure then ruptures a disk in the lower housing of the
BPVD. An actuating piston then forces the venting sleeve
HAL15450

HAL15451
away from the production ports. This action establishes
communication with the tubing string.
Below-Packer Vent Below-Packer Vent
Device (BPVD)

Below-Packer Vent Device (BPVD) Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Thread Size Makeup No. and ID Operating Operating Tensile Burst Collapse
and Type Maximum OD Minimum ID Length of Ports Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) in. (mm) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)

2 3/8 (60.33)
3.38 Non- 2.32 4 @ 1.0 15,000 1,000 150,000 25,000 22,000
100155787 EUE 8 Rd
(85.85) full-bore (0.71) (25.4) (1035) (69) (68 000) (1725) (1515)
Box × Pin
2 7/8 (73.03)
3.88 Non- 2.26 5 @ 1.0 15,000 1,000 170,000 25,000 25,000
100014176 EUE 8 Rd
(98.55) full-bore (0.69) (25.4) (1035) (69) (77 000) (1725) (1725)
Box × Pin
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

7-18 Ancillary Equipment

Maximum Differential Bar Vent

The maximum differential bar vent Operation

(MDBV) assembly is run between the
perforating guns and the packer. After
the packer is set, the opening of the
vent creates communication between
the tubing and the rathole. The vent is
opened by breaking the plug inside the
tool and allowing the sleeve to
uncover the ports. Running the
MDBV allows the operator to run the
tubing in the well with no hydrostatic
pressure in the tubing.
Features and Benefits
• Operates with a minimum amount
of fluid in the tubing
• Helps allow maximum differential
pressure when perforating in low-
pressure formations
• Does not depend on tubing
hydrostatic pressure to operate
• Assisted mechanically by an
operating spring to help ensure full
and complete opening
The maximum differential bar vent is
held closed by a chamber of silicone
fluid, which keeps a spring compressed.
When the silicone fluid is released from
the chamber, the spring extends and
opens the vent. Once the break plug is
broken, the silicone fluid drains into
the tubing.
The MDBV will open with up to
1,000 psi (68.95 bar) in the tubing
regardless of rathole pressure. If there is
more than 1,000 psi (68.95 bar) in the
tubing, and there is uncertainty about
the rathole pressure, consider the bar
pressure vent instead of the MDBV.
If the vent must be opened before
dropping the detonating bar, dropping
a special tube will open the vent and
not fire the guns. When the bar is
dropped, it will pass through the tube
and fire the guns.
HAL15445

• Can be used in wells with open

perforations to achieve an
underbalance when guns are fired to Maximum Differential Bar Vent
add new perforations

Maximum Differential Bar Vent (MDBV) Specifications

Temperature
Rating
Thread Size Maximum Minimum No. and ID Flow Area Makeup (Limited by Tensile Burst Collapse
and Type OD ID of Ports of Ports Length silicone fluid) Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) ft (m) °F (°C) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)
2 3/8 (60.33)
3.36 2.0 5 @ 1.0 3.92 2.29 350 221,000 19,500 16,500
100005291 EUE 8 Rd
(92.20) (50.80) (25.40) (25.29) (0.70) (176) (100 200) (1345) (1135)
Box × Pin
2 7/8 (73.03)
3.88 2.2 4 @ 1.13 4.01 2.39 350 231,000 19,000 13,000
100005294 EUE 8 Rd
(98.55) (57.15) (28.70) (27.87) (0.73) (176) (104 700) (1310) (895)
Box × Pin
3 1/2 (88.9)
4.50 2.7 4 @ 1.75 9.58 2.75 350 245,000 14,000 14,000
100156853 EUE 8 Rd
(114.30) (69.85) (44.45) (61.81) (0.84) (176) (111 000) (965) (965)
Box × Pin
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Ancillary Equipment 7-19

Pressure-Operated Vent

The pressure-operated vent (POV) is • Can be run with mechanical or

designed to achieve a differential
pressure between the formation and
tubing string and to provide a way to
open the vent and test the packer before
the guns are fired.
When the guns have been positioned
and the packer has been set, the
predetermined amount of fluid is
added to the tubing. Adding the fluid
into the tubing causes the POV to open
and creates the proper pressure
differential before firing. Nitrogen may
also be used with or in place of the
fluids to obtain the necessary
hydrostatic pressure in the tubing.
Features and Benefits
• Allows the vent to be opened without
the guns being fired
• Allows the packer to be tested before
the guns are fired
• Fills tubing automatically when run
with Vann™ circulating valve
pressure-actuated firing heads
• Useful in highly deviated wells
• Compatible with other packers
Operation
The POV consists of a ported housing,
a sliding sleeve, and a set of shear pins.
The sleeve is held in the closed
position by a variable number of shear
pins. The pins are isolated from
annular pressure and are only exposed
to the tubing hydrostatic. The POV
will open when the proper amount of
hydrostatic pressure is applied to the
shear pins. The amount of hydrostatic
it takes to open the POV depends on
how many shear pins are installed in
the tool. When the pins shear, the
hydrostatic pressure forces the sleeve
upward, which uncovers the flow
ports. The sleeve is then locked into
the open position.
HAL10538

Pressure-Operated Vent (POV)

Pressure-Operated Vent (POV) Specifications

Maximum Minimum Maximum
Thread Size Maximum Minimum No. and ID Total Makeup Operating Operating Differential Tensile Burst Collapse
and Type OD ID of Ports Flow Area Length Pressure Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)
2 3/8 (60.33)
3.06 1.50 4 @ 1.0 1.77 1.30 20,000 1,000 8,000 140,000 24,000 20,000
101297298 EUE 8 Rd
(77.72) (38.10) (25.40) (11.40) (0.40) (1380) (69) (550) (63 400) (1655) (1380)
Box × Pin
2 3/8 (60.33)
3.63 1.90 4 @ 1.0 3.14 1.30 15,000 1,000 8,000 146,000 18,000 22,000
100014177 EUE 8 Rd
(92.20) (48.26) (25.40) (20.27) (0.40) (1035) (69) (550) (66 200) (1240) (1515)
Box × Pin
2 7/8 (73.03)
3.88 2.25 4 @ 1.13 3.98 1.40 15,000 1,000 8,000 160,000 19,000 17,000
100014178 EUE 8 Rd
(98.55) (57.15) (28.70) (25.65) (0.43) (1035) (69) (550) (72 500) (1310) (1170)
Box × Pin
3 1/2 (88.90)
5.0 2.75 4 @ 1.75 5.94 1.57 15,000 1,000 8,000 400,000 22,000 18,000
10001479 EUE 8 Rd
(127.0) (69.85) (44.45) (38.32) (0.48) (1035) (69) (550) (181 400) (1515) (1240)
Box × Pin
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

7-20 Ancillary Equipment

Vann™ Circulating Valve

The Vann™ circulating valve (VCV) is
designed to be used as a fill-up valve or
as a circulating valve for displacing well
fluids before setting a packer. After the
fluid is displaced, the operator applies
pressure to the tubing or annulus to
rupture a disk and close the VCV.
Features and Benefits
• Can be used as a circulating and
shutoff valve
• Often run with other venting or
production devices
• Economical and reusable
The rupture disk is available for
different pressure ratings as needed.
The amount of hydrostatic pressure
required to actuate the VCV depends
on the rating of the rupture disk.
Once the disk ruptures, the hydrostatic
pressure enters the lower air chamber
through the ruptured disk, forcing the
sliding sleeve upward to cover the flow
ports. Operating pressure can be
pump-pressure applied after the VCV is
at the bottom of the well or applied by
hydrostatic pressure when the tool is
run in the hole.

Operation
The VCV consists of a ported housing,
a sliding sleeve, and a rupture disk,
which must be ordered separately. The
sliding sleeve, which has two air
chambers, is open while the tool is run
in the hole.
HAL15447

Vann™ Circulating
Valve (VCV)

Vann™ Circulating Valve (VCV) Specifications

Maximum Minimum
Thread Size Maximum No. and ID Flow Area Makeup Operating Operating Tensile Burst Collapse
and Type OD Minimum ID of Ports of Ports Length Pressure Pressure Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)
2 3/8 (60.33)
3.38 1.875 4 @ 1.0 3.14 1.96 15,000 1,000 225,000 22,000 18,000
101015372 EUE 8 Rd
(85.85) (47.62) (25.4) (20.26) (0.60) (1035) (69) (102 000) (1515) (1250)
Box × Pin
2 7/8 (73.03)
4.65 2.12 6 @ 1.0 4.71 3.25 15,000 1,000 392,000 20,000 18,000
120038456 EUE 8 Rd
(188.11) (53.85) (25.4) (30.39) (0.99) (1035) (69) (177 700) (1380) (1250)
Box × Pin*
*Optional connections are 2 7/8-IF and 3 1/2-IF.
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Ancillary Equipment 7-21

Automatic Release

The automatic release (AR) allows the perforating guns to

drop immediately after firing.

Features and Benefits

• Can be used with most mechanical and pressure-actuated
firing heads
• Allows for immediate release of the guns
• Leaves the tubing fully open after the guns are released
• Eliminates the need to run wireline to shift the guns
• Reduces the chance of the gun’s sticking because of debris

Operation
The AR allows for dropping the perforating guns after they
are fired. The guns may be fired either mechanically or by
pressure. The releasing device is actuated by the pressure
generated outside the perforating guns upon detonation, so
the guns are released as soon as they fire.
HAL10512

Automatic Release (AR)

Automatic Release (AR) Assemblies List

SAP No. Description

100005225 2 3/4-in. Auto Release with Mechanical Firing Head

100005226 2 3/4-in. Auto Release with Mechanical Firing Head Model II-D
100005233 3 3/8-in. Auto Release with Mechanical Firing Head
100005234 3 3/8-in. Auto Release with Mechanical Firing Head Model II-D
100155754 3 3/8-in. Auto Release with Mechanical Firing Head Model III-D
100005235 3 3/8 in. Auto Release with 2 1/2-in. TDF
100014158 3 3/8-in. Auto Release-High Pressure with 2 1/2-in. TDF
100010045 3 3/8-in. Auto Release-High Pressure with Mechanical Firing Head
101313281 3 3/8-in. Auto Release Firer with 2 1/2 in. TDF (3 1/2 NK3SB)
100005236 3 1/2-in. Auto Release with Mechanical Firing Head
100156106 3 1/2-in. Auto Release with Mechanical Firing Head Model II-D
101205564 3 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer, Low Pressure with Model II-D
101294470 3 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer with 2 1/2 in. TDF
101313282 3 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer with Model II-D
100155752 4 1/2-in. Auto Release with Mechanical Firing Head Model II-D
101294471 4 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer with 2 1/2 in. TDF
101213155 4 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer Low Pressure with Model II-D
101357916 4 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer with 2 1/2 in. TDF

7-22 Ancillary Equipment

 Automatic Release (AR) Assemblies List
SAP No. Description

101313025 5 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer with Model II-D

101310170 5 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer with Model II-D or III-D
101313059 5 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer with 3 3/8 in. TDF
101357918 5 1/2-in. Auto Release Firer with 2 1/2 in. TDF

Automatic Release (AR) Specifications

Maximum Minimum Maximum
Maximum ID After Makeup Operating Operating Differential Tensile
Thread Size and Type OD Release Length Pressure Pressure Pressure Strength
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) psi (bars) psi (bars) psi (bars) lb (kg)

2.88 2.125 2.06 20,000 1,500 15,000 49,500

100005225 2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 8 Rd
(73.15) (53.98) (0.63) (1380) (103) (1035) (22 400)
2.88 2.125 2.06 20,000 1,500 15,000 49,500
100005226 2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 8 Rd
(73.15) (53.98) (0.63) (1380) (103) (1035) (22 400)
3.38 2.72 2.23 20,000 1,500 10,000 68,000
100005233 2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd
(85.85) (69.09) (0.68) (1380) (103) (690) (30 800)
3.38 2.72 2.23 20,000 1,500 10,000 68,000
100005234 2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd
(85.85) (69.09) (0.68) (1380) (103) (690) (30 800)
3.38 2.72 2.23 20,000 1,500 10,000 68,000
100005235 2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd
(85.85) (69.09) (0.68) (1380) (103) (690) (30 800)
3.38 2.72 2.23 20,000 1,500 10,000 68,000
100155754 2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd
(85.85) (69.09) (0.68) (1380) (103) (690) (30 800)
3.38 2.52 2.23 20,000 500 17,000 68,000
100014158 2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd
(85.85) (64.186) (0.68) (1380) (34) (1170) (30 800)
3.38 2.52 2.23 20,000 500 17,000 68,000
100010045 2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 Rd
(85.85) (64.186) (0.68) (1380) (34) (1170) (30 800)
3.78 2.99 2.23 20,000 1,500 10,000 68,000
100005236 3 1/2 (88.90) EUE 8 Rd
(96.01) (75.95) (0.68) (1380) (103) (690) (30 800)
3.78 2.99 2.23 20,000 1,500 10,000 68,000
100156106 3 1/2 (88.90) EUE 8 Rd
(96.01) (75.95) (0.68) (1380) (103) (690) (30 800)
4.5 3.67 2.23 20,000 1,500 9,500 115,000
100155752 4 1/2 (114.30) OD Box
(114.30) (93.22) (0.68) (1380) (103) (655) (52 100)
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Ancillary Equipment 7-23

Mechanical Tubing Release
The mechanical tubing release (MTR)
provides operators with the option of
keeping or releasing the VannGun®
assembly from the tubing string. The
MTR is usually run above the firing
head and below the production ports
below the packer. A standard shifting
tool is used to operate the release
mechanism in the MTR.
Features and Benefits
• Frees the tubing for other tools and
operations such as logging,
production testing, and treating
• Provides a low-cost way to release the
gun assembly
• Uses standard off-the-shelf shifting
tools
• Does not have a time limit on
dropping the gun assembly
• Leaves perforations uncovered to
eliminate flow restrictions
7-24
Operation
The MTR consists of three main
components: the upper housing, a
lower finger release sub, and a latch.
The latch retains the finger release sub
in the housing. To operate the MTR,
the user must do the following:
1. Select the proper shifting tool and
run it into the hole on slickline
through the MTR.
2. Pick back up to engage the latch
and lightly jar the latch four or
five times.
3. Go back down to verify the
release of the VannGun assembly.
HAL15435
Mechanical Tubing Release (MTR)
Ancillary Equipment
 Mechanical Tubing Release (MTR) Specifications
Thread Size Maximum Minimum ID Tensile Burst Collapse Makeup
SAP No. and Type OD (latch size) Strength Pressure Pressure Length
(without latch) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars) ft (m)

1.50
(38.10) 111,500 12,000 10,000
1.63 (50 576) (825) (690)
2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 8 3.06 (41.40) 1.50
100005286
Rd Box × Pin (77.22) 1.81 (0.46)
(45.97) 111,500 12,000 11,000
1.88 (50 576) (825) (760)
(47.75)
1.88
(47.75)
2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 8 3.38 2.13 111,500 12,000 11,000 1.63
100005281
Rd Box × Pin (85.85) (53.98) (50 576) (825) (760) (0.50)
2.25
(57.15)
2.25
3 1/2 (88.9) EUE 8 Rd 3.95 (57.15) 111,500 11,000 10,000 1.88
100005284
Box × Pin (100.33) 2.75 (50 576) (760) (690) (0.57)
(69.85)
5 (127) 15 lb (6.8 kg) 5.59 3.69 111,500 12,000 11,000 3.60
101236790
New Vam Box × Pin (142.01) (93.68) (50 576) (825) (760) (1.10)

Mechanical Tubing Release (MTR) Shifting Tool and Key Number

Latch Size Key Maximum Exp. OD Key Minimum OD
in. (m) Tool No. Key No. in. (mm) in. (mm)

1.626 1.49
42 B 108
1.50 (42.275) (37.85)
42 B 0120
(38.10) 1.70 1.422
42 B 443
(43.18) (36.119)
1.625 1.890 1.593
42 B 0121 42 B 80
(41.28) (48.006) (40.462)
2.078 1.75
42 B 0117 42 B 37
1.81 (52.781) (44.45)
(45.97) 2.12 1.69
42 B 0237 42 B 681
(53.85) (42.93)
2.109 1.84
42 B 0116 42 B 153
(53.569) (46.74)
1.88 2.078 1.750
42 B 0117 42 B 37
(47.75) (52.781) (44.45)
2.12 1.69
42 B 0237 42 B 681
(53.85) (42.93)
2.25 42 B 287 2.593 2.156
42 B 0118
(57.15) 42 B 46 (65.862) (54.762)
2.125 2.44 1.97
42 B 0159 42 B 387
(53.98) (61.98) (50.04)
2.75 2.952 2.718
42 B 0147 42 B 348
(69.85) (74.981) (69.037)
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

Ancillary Equipment 7-25

Pressure-Actuated Tubing Release

The pressure-actuated tubing release (PATR) is used to

separate the guns from the toolstring when mechanical or
slickline devices are not desirable. When separated, the guns
drop off of the production tubing. Once the guns drop away,
other tools and operations have no restrictions through the
end of the tubing. In fact, the housing attached to the string
has a greater ID than the tubing.

Features and Benefits

• Leaves the tubing string fully open
• Ideal for use in remote areas where wireline is expensive
or unavailable
• Ideal for situations where wireline can cause a safety
hazard
• Provides access to the wellbore for production logging
tools
• Especially suited for releasing guns prior to stimulation
treatments

Operation
The PATR consists of four main components: an upper
housing, lower finger release sub, inner sleeve, and retaining
latch. The PATR is pressure-balanced until the standing valve

HAL10531
is dropped into the inner sleeve.
HAL15442

Tubing pressure is applied to shear the retaining pins in the

Pressure-Actuated Tubing Standing Valve
latch. Once the latch has been shifted, the finger release sub
Release (PATR)
with the sleeve releases from the housing and drops the
perforating assembly into the rathole.

Pressure-Actuated Tubing Release (PATR) Specifications

Minimum ID Minimum ID
Thread Size Before After Standing Makeup Tensile Burst Collapse
and Type Maximum OD Release Release Valve OD Length Strength Pressure Pressure
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft (m) lb (kg) psi (bars) psi (bars)

2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 3.38 1.63 2.31 1.76 1.73 90,000 10,000 9,000
100156751
8 Rd Box × Pin (85.85) (41.40) (58.67) (44.70) (0.53) (40 800) (670) (620)
2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 3.75 1.812 2.828 1.86 1.72 120,000 10,000 10,000
100156744
8 Rd Box × Pin (95.25) (46.02) (71.83) (47.24) (0.52) (54 400) (670) (670)
3 1/2 (88.9) EUE 4.19 1.812 3.5 1.86 1.71 130,000 10,000 10,000
101015385
8 Rd Box × Pin (106.43) (46.02) (88.90) (47.24) (0.52) (58 900) (670) (670)
These ratings are guidelines only. For more information, consult your local Halliburton representative.

7-26 Ancillary Equipment

DPU® Downhole Power Unit

The DPU® downhole power unit firing head is an Fish Neck

electromechanical device that is designed to produce a linear
force that activates a pressure-assisted firing device. The Pressure
Temperature
pressure-assisted device fires the perforating guns. Before the Switch
DPU firing head was used to activate the pressure-assisted
firing device, this type of perforating gun activation was run Firing Head
on tubing. The pressure-assisted firing device was previously PC Board
activated by dropping a device from the surface. The DPU
firing head is run on slickline.

For the DPU firing head to begin activation, several

parameters must be present. DPU®
®
Downhole DPU Power
• Pressure setting: The DPU firing head has a surface- Power Unit Rod
selected downhole pressure setting that must be met. Any
time the well pressure at the DPU firing head drops below
the selected pressure setting, the DPU firing head
activation sequence is stopped. Push Guide

• Downhole Temperature: The DPU firing head requires a

precise surface-selected downhole temperature. Any time Model III
the well temperature drops below the selected temperature Firing Head
setting, the DPU firing head activation sequence is
stopped.
• Tool Movement: The DPU firing head has an DPU Power
accelerometer that detects tool movement. If the Rod
accelerometer detects motion, the other operating
Push Guide
parameters are inactive.
• Surface-Selected Timer: The DPU firing head has a Model III
surface-selected timer that is activated if the three previous Firing Head
parameters are present.
HAL15988

Adapter
If these four parameters are present, the DPU firing head is to Guns
activated and the rod begins to stroke out. Rod travel takes
HAL15990

approximately 20 minutes before contracting the pressure- Adapter DPU® Downhole Power
assisted firing device. When the DPU firing head rod to Guns Unit
contacts the pressure-assisted firing device, a pin is sheared
and perforating is activated. After initial activation, the DPU Conversion Kits for DPU® Downhole Power Unit
runs for 25 minutes and then turns off.
Maximum OD
Assembly No. SAP No. in. (mm)
The 3.66 OD DPU and 2.50-in. DPU firing head can be
3.66
converted to run either the Model II-D or the Model III-D 146DFH20 00050531
(93.96)
pressure-assisted firing heads. 2.50
146DFH11 00050462
(64.50)

Ancillary Equipment 7-27

SmartETD® Advanced Electronic Triggering Device

The SmartETD® tool is an advanced SmartETD® Specifications

electronic triggering device that
provides an accurate, safe, and reliable Features

method to run and fire downhole 101038328

explosive tools using slickline. With its SAP No. 146ETD14 No-Blow, No Drop
built-in sensor and memory Optional No-Blow Assembly
No-Drop Assembly
capabilities, it can record and store
Diameter 1.690
downhole temperature and pressure in. (mm) (42.93)
data that can be used by the slickline Length 60
specialists to program firing in. (mm) (1524)
Top Shock/Centralizer
parameters. Max. Temperature 300 Quick Lock Assembly
°F (°C) (149)

The SmartETD tool requires four Max. Pressure 15,000

psi (bar) (103.42)
parameters to be met prior to firing.
Control Parameters Smart ETD® Tool
These are motion, time (preset),
pressure (preset), and temperature Pressure yes (programmable)
(preset). The timing sequence begins Temperature yes (programmable) HV Shooting Module
when the tool is exposed to pressure. Time yes (programmable) Adapter
After the tool stops, any motion resets Motion yes
the electronic timer. After the Tension no
Selectable Mechanical
SmartETD timer has remained Pressure Switch
Resist Detonation
yes
motionless for a specific period of Capability
time and has simultaneously HES RED® Capability yes
Shock Absorber
encountered the preset temperature Memory Logging
and pressure windows, it initiates the
Pressure yes
firing sequence. The SmartETD tool
Temperature yes
can log memory settings for pressure
and temperature readings up to 12k No. of Points (reading) 12k data sets

data sets.
Detonator
Sub/Explosives
The SmartETD tool will fire the as required with
Halliburton rig environment RED® STD 1 3/8-in. GO™
Connection
detonator, as well as
API RP-67-compliant devices. It is
also capable of resisting detonation. VannGun® Assembly
HAL15398

SmartETD® Tool

7-28 Ancillary Equipment

Coiled Tubing Conveyed Perforating

Conveying perforating guns to the zone

of interest with coiled tubing has been Coiled Tubing
effectively used for many years in a Connector
Coiled Tubing
variety of applications. Benefits include Swivel Connector
faster run-in times when compared to
conventional methods. And the guns
Back Pressure
can be detonated either with wireline or Valve
a pressure-activated firing head. Some
Hydraulic
of the applications include: Disconnect
Perforating in Underbalanced Swivel
Conditions Circulating
Valve
• Underbalanced conditions occur
when hydrostatic pressure in the well
Crossover
is lower than formation pressure.
Perforation under these conditions Back Pressure
allows increased flow from the Centralizer Valve
formation, which helps clean the
perforations and helps reduce near-
wellbore damage. Hydraulic
Battery
Horizontal Well Perforating Housing Disconnect

• Coiled tubing conveyed perforating Memory

could be deployed in horizontal Controller Pressure Relief
portions of the well where Ports*
conventional methods of perforating Pressure Coiled Tubing
are impractical or impossible. and Firing Head
Casing Collar Crossover
Coiled Tubing Used as the Production Firing Head
Locator (CCL)
String with Circulating
Gamma/Ray Ports
• The coiled tubing that conveys the Temperature
perforating guns can also be used as
3 3/8-in.-6TTP
HAL15400

the production tubing after well Scalloped Guns

completion.
Roller
HAL15399

Special features include an automatic- Centralizer Perforating Gun String

release gun hanger, which allows the
coiled tubing to detach from the Correlation Tool Stack *Pressure relief ports are added to the BHA for
perforating guns before they are fired, coiled tubing perforating jobs to help eliminate
the possibility of a pressure increase due to
avoiding damage to the coiled tubing. A
thermal expansion in a closed chamber.
modular gun system is also available in
which the perforating guns are loaded
at the surface, deployed downhole
individually, and stacked at the
perforating zone. This method helps
eliminate any gun length restrictions
caused by the lubricator.

Ancillary Equipment 7-29

Fill Disk Assembly

The fill disk assembly (FDA) is used Operation

where either packer selection or well
conditions preclude the use of a venting
device. The FDA is used in place of a
perforated sub and replaces the
balanced isolation tool (BIT) in wells
with reasonably clean fluids. The glass
disk prevents debris from settling on
the firing head. Pressure is equalized
across the glass disk.
The FDA is run between the firing head
and packer. The recommended
minimum distance from the FDA to the
firing head is 30 ft.
Features and Benefits
• Allows debris to be circulated off the
glass disk through the flow ports
above the glass disk
• Acts as a perforated sub for
circulating fluid displacement with
nitrogen and swabbing
The FDA consists of a ported housing
with a glass disk installed in the ID
across the lower set of ports. The disk is
not sealed, so pressure can equalize
across the glass. Any debris falling out
of the tubing or fluid above the glass
should land on the glass disk. This
debris can be circulated off the disk, or
if it is not a large amount, it will be
displaced out the ports by the
detonating bar falling through it.
Once the bar breaks through the disk, it
should fall in clean fluid all the way to
the firing head. In mud systems or wells
with a known debris problem, the
balanced isolation tool is recommended
in place of the FDA.
HAL8352

• Can be run with either a mechanical

or pressure-actuated firing head
Fill Disk Assembly
(FDA)

Fill Disk Assembly (FDA) Specifications

Thread Size
and Type Maximum OD Minimum ID Flow Area Number of Tensile Strength Makeup Length
SAP No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in.² (cm²) Ports lb (kg) ft (m)

2 3/8 (60.33) EUE 3.01 1.98 6.28 120,000 0.76

100005295 8
8 Rd Box × Pin (76.45) (50.29) (40.54) (54 431) (0.23)
2 7/8 (73.03) EUE 3.51 2.44 7.88 150,000 0.71
100005297 8
8 Rd Box × Pin (89.15) (61.98) (50.8) (68 039) (0.22)
3 1/2 (88.90) EUE 4.20 3.0 14.13 200,000 0.69
100005299 8
8 Rd Box × Pin (106.68) (76.20) (91.20) (90 718) (0.21)

7-30 Ancillary Equipment

Gun Guides

Gun guides were developed by Halliburton to maintain the

proper orientation of guns attached to the short string in a
dual completion. The gun orientation must be maintained
so that the charges shoot away from the long string. Gun Dual Hydraulic
guides are also used with Y-blocks in dual-string and Set Packer
single-string completions.

There are two types of gun guides. The delta-shaped or dual Balanced
gun guide can be used when the casing ID is the same from Isolation Tool
top to bottom. If the casing at the top of the well is larger,
then the wraparound guide must be used. The wraparound
®
type may also be used in the wellbores with the same ID top VannGun
to bottom. Assemblies

Guides are available for most of the smaller size guns Gun Guide
(3 3/8 in. or 85.73 mm and smaller) that are typically run on
VannGun
the short string side of a dual completion.
Assemblies

Gun Guide

VannGun
Assemblies
Time-Delay
Firing Head
HAL10577

Permanent or
Dual Completion with Wraparound Retrievable Packer
Gun Guide

Tubing Release

Mechanical
Firing Head
VannGun
HAL15395

Assemblies
Time-Delay
Firing Head
Dual Completion
HAL6190

with Gun Guides

Dual Completion with

Dual Gun Guide

Ancillary Equipment 7-31

EZ Pass™ Gun Hanger

The EZ Pass™ gun hanger is designed
to be run in conjunction with
Halliburton’s Modular Gun System.
This advanced design includes slips that
stay retracted within the slip housing
until the tool is set. After the
perforating event, the slips will return
to the running position and the tool
auto releases.
If the gun hanger is deployed and
positioned similar to a wireline-set
permanent or sump packer, the same
power charge-type setting tools are
used to set the hanger. After the setting
tool is removed from the wellbore, the
guns may be deployed as individual
modules or as a complete assembly and
are stacked on top of the hanger.

If desired, the hanger can be fished with
a standard pulling tool and retrieved
from the well.
Features and Benefits
• Running and setting procedures are
similar to common bridge plugs and
sump packers—uses standard setting
equipment
• Can be set in larger ID after running
through restrictions
• Retrievable and redressable
• May be configured to auto-release or
stay set after gun detonation.
• Can be deployed on wireline, tubing,
or coiled tubing
• One size sets in multiple casing
ranges.
A releasing tool is needed to release the
hanger and may be run on the bottom
of the perforating assembly. When
activated, the releasing tool fires a
shaped charge and breaches the top of
the hanger. This process allows the gun
weight to be transferred to the inner
mandrel, placing the hanger in the
releasing position and forcing the slips
away from the casing.
The EZ Pass gun hanger is designed
with a 2.75 fishing neck and can be
fished with a standard pulling tool. The
slips will retract into the ID of the tool
and helps allow it to be retrieved
through a wellbore restriction.

Operation
The EZ Pass gun hanger can be run
independently or attached to the gun
system.

If the gun hanger is run attached to the

HAL12794

perforating assembly, it must be

actuated using pressure. The assembly
would be run in, positioned, and then EZ Pass™ Gun Hanger
pressure would be applied to the
wellbore to set the tool. No explosive
components would be necessary for
this operation.

7-32 Ancillary Equipment

 EZ Pass™ Gun Hanger Specifications
Tool
Maximum
OD Maximum Minimum Overall
Casing Size Casing Range of (With Slips Operating Operating Temperature Tensile Collapse Length Maximum
and Weights* Casing IDs* Retracted) Pressure Pressure Rating Rating Pressure (Maximum) Gun Weight Weight
SAP No. lb in. (cm) in. (cm) psi (bar) psi (bar) °F (°C) lb (kg) psi (bar) ft (mm) lb (kg) lb (kg)

4 1/2 4.09 - 3.826 3.50 18,000** 500 400 74,000 18,000 5.1 30,000 116
9.5 - 15.1
101320360 (10.4 - 9.72) (8.89) (1241) (34.5) (204.4) (33 600) (1241) (1.55) (13 600) (52.6)
5 1/2 4.778 - 4.548 4.125 20,000** 500 400 74,000 20,000 5.1 30,000 165
20 / 23 / 26
101315538 (12.14 - 11.55) (10.5) (1450) (34.5) (204.4) (33 600) (1450) (1.55) (13 600) (74.8)
7 6.184 - 6.004 5.375 20,000** 500 400 74,000 20,000 5.1 30,000 180
29 / 32 / 35
101321131 (15.70 - 15.25) (13.65) (1450) (34.5) (204.4) (33 600) (1450) (1.55) (13 600) (81.7)
*Recommended
**Maximum Operating Pressure based on hydrostatic pressure and applied gun weight.
The EZ Pass hanger does not have minimum ID or Burst Pressure requirements.
NOTE: The EZ Pass gun hanger is designed with specific features to enhance its retrievability; however, due to the uncertainty of the wellbore conditions created by the
perforating event, the retrieval of this tool cannot be assured.

Ancillary Equipment 7-33

Hydraulic Metering Release Tool for the Single Trip System (STPP™-GH)

The hydraulic metering release tool is one component of the

single trip system that allows us to perforate and frac-pack a
zone of interest in a single trip.
Plug
Numerous safety and economic benefits accompany this
capability. These benefits become even more profound as
well parameters become more severe. The ever-present goal
is to reduce completion CAPEX and maximize net present
value.

Features and Benefits

Floating Piston
• Save rig time with reduced pipe trips for faster
completions
Metering Section
• Minimize fluid loss and formation damage
• Minimize associated well control risks
• Perforate under- or overbalanced Silicone Fluid
• Perform the sand control option most suitable for your
well (FP, HRWF, GP)
• Complete deep, hot zones where fluid loss pills are not Finger Release
effective

Stinger/Fishneck

Shear Screws
HAL15780

Hydraulic Metering Release Tool

7-34 Ancillary Equipment

 Hydraulic Metering Release Assembly (Low Temperature)
Maximum Minimum
Lower Slack Off Slack Off
Upper Thread Overall Maximum Effective Temperature Tensile Weight on Weight on
Thread Size Size and Length OD OD* Rating Rating Tool Tool Weight
and Type Type in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) °F (°C) lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg) Redressable lb (kg)

4.5
(11.43)
45.47 4.5 5.5 200 97,700 30,000 13,600 156.46
2 7/8 EU-RD N/A Yes
(369.49) (11.43) (13.97) (93.33) (44 315) (13 607) (6168) (70.96)
7.5
(19.05)
*Effective OD of the tool is dictated by the OD of the skirt to be used.
**Maximum weight on gun hanger = gun weight + slackoff weight on hydraulic release tool.
***The tool is assembled with four shear screws of 3,400 lb each.

Hydraulic Metering Release Assembly (High Temperature)

Maximum Minimum
Lower Slack off Slackoff
Upper Thread Overall Maximum Effective Temperature Tensile Weight on Weight on
Thread Size Size and Length OD OD* Rating Rating Tool Tool Weight
and Type Type in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) °F (°C) lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg) Redressable lb (kg)

4.5
(11.43)
45.47 4.5 5.5 200-350 97,700 30,000 13,600 156.46
2 7/8 EU-RD N/A Yes
(369.49) (11.43) (13.97) (93.33-148.88) (44 315) (13 607) (6168) (70.96)
7.5
(19.05)
*Effective OD of the tool is dictated by the OD of the skirt to be used.
**Maximum weight on gun hanger = gun weight + slackoff weight on hydraulic release tool.
***The tool is assembled with four shear screws of 3,400 lb each.

Ancillary Equipment 7-35

7-36 Ancillary Equipment
 Appendix
Appendix

United States Patents

Patent No. Patent Name Product Name

1,194,780 Accelerated Downhole Pressure Testing

1,196,570 Method for Controlling Subsurface Blowout
1,201,058 Firing of Well Perforation Guns
1,201,376 Bar Actuated Vent Assembly
1,201,379 Releasable Coupling
1,202,558 Perforating Gun Carrier and Method of Making
1,204,053 Drill Stem Test and Perforating System
1,208,516 Mechanically Initiated Tubing Conveyed
1,211,040 Gravity Oriented Perforating Gun for Use In
1,214,386 Well Completion Method and Apparatus
Pressure Responsive Explosion Initiator with Time Delay and
1,224,139
Method of Use
1,224,407 Sidewall Core Gun
1,228,019 Charge Holder
1,234,042 Gun Firing Head
1,235,059 Redundant Detonation Initiators for Use in Wells
1,241,269 Borehole Devices Actuated by Fluid Pressure
Annulus Pressure Firer Mechanism with Releasable Fluid Conduit
1,259,560
Force Transmission Means
1,259,561 Borehole Devices Disarmed by Fluid Pressure
2,105,004 Tubing Conveyed Selective Fired Perforating Systems
2,169,019 Differential Pressure Actuated Vent Assembly
4,544,034 Firing of Well Perforation Guns Early Model 3D or 2D
4,576,233 Differential Pressure Actuated Vent Assembly Pressure Op & Bar Vent
Pressure Responsive Explosion Initiator with Time Delay and
4,614,156 Original TDF
Method of Use
4,632,034 Redundant Detonation Initiators for Use in Wells Redundant Firing Above &
4,655,138 Shaped Charge Carrier Assembly
4,673,033 Tubing Conveyed Perforating Assembly Safety Device Original Shot Delay Signal, EM
4,693,314 Low Actuation Pressure Bar Vent Maximum Diff. Bar Vent
Annulus Pressure Firer Mechanism with Releasable Fluid Conduit
4,726,610 APFC Release Device
Force Transmission Means
4,732,211 Annulus Pressure Operated Vent Assembly Annulus Pressure Operated Vent
4,771,827 Automatic Drop-Off Device for Perforating Guns Automatic Release
4,836,109 Control Line Differential Firing Head Redundant APFC Firing Head
4,901,802 Method and Apparatus for Perforating Formation Y-Block Perforating
4,905,759 Collapsible Gun Assembly Collapsible Gun Spacers
Method and Apparatus for Actuating a Tubing Conveyed Perforating
4,911,251 Triple Actuated Mech Firing
Gun
4,917,189 Firing Mechanism with Sliding Sleeve Vent Valve Pumping Well Bypass Assembly
4,969,525 Firing Head For a Perforating Gun Assembly Multiaction Firing Head
5,007,344 Dual Firing System For a Perforating Gun Dresser Redundant Ballistic
5,062,485 Variable Time Delay Firing Head Extended Delay Assembly

Appendix 8-1
 United States Patents
Patent No. Patent Name Product Name

5,078,210 Time Delay Perforating Apparatus EDA between Guns

Method and Apparatus for Completing Deviated and Horizontal
5,103,912 Multizone Multi-Packer Y-Block
Wellbores
5,156,213 Well Completion Method and Apparatus Bottom Mounted Gun Hanger
5,223,665 Method and Apparatus for Disabling Detonation Detonation Interruption Device
5,224,545 Eccentrically Actuated Perforating Guns SPM Firing Head
5,287,741 Methods of Perforating and Testing Wells Using Coiled Tubing Perf & Test w/Coiled Tubing
5,287,924 Tubing Conveyed Selective Fired Perforating Systems Select Fire System I
5,301,755 Air Chamber Actuator for a Perforating Gun Air-Chamber Actuation Firing
5,303,772 Well Completion Method and Apparatus PBR Monobore Gun Hanger
5,353,875 Methods of Perforating and Testing Wells Using Coiled Tubing Coiled Tubing Perfing
Combined Pressure Testing and Selective Fired Perforating
5,355,957 Using Select Fire to Pressure
Systems
5,366,014 Method and Apparatus for Perforating a Well Modular Gun System
5,398,760 Methods of Perforating a Well Using Coiled Tubing Running Guns w/Hanger on CT
5,423,382 Apparatus for Releasing Perforating Gun Dresser Auto-Release
5,458,196 Through Tubing Gun Hanger Through-Tubing Gun Hanger
Apparatus and Method for Snubbing Tubing Conveyed Perforating
5,529,127 Ratchet Connector
Guns in and out of a Wellbore
5,603,379 Bi-Directional Explosive Transfer Apparatus and Method Bi-Directional Shooting Swivel
5,701,957 Well Perforator Isolation Apparatus and Method Perf Gun w/Ratch Latch on
5,778,979 Latch and Release Perforating Gun Connector and Method Auto-Latch I
5,823,266 Latch and Release Tool Connector and Method Auto-Latch II
5,957,209 Latch and Release Tool Connector and Method
5,992,289 Firing Head with Metered Delay SL Retrievable Hydraulic Delay
5,992,523 Latch and Release Perforating Gun Connector Auto-Latch IV
6,006,833 Method for Creating Leak-Tested Perforating Gun Assemblies Gun Pressure Testing Method
6,012,525 Single Trip Perforating Gun Assembly and Method Collapsible Centralizer
6,173,779 Collapsible Well Perforating Apparatus Collapsible Guns
Pre-Drilled Casing Apparatus and Associated Methods for
6,237,688 Pre-Drilled Casing
Completing a Subterranean Well
Method and Apparatus for Adaptively Filtering Noise to Detect
6,246,962
Downhole Events
6,295,912 Positive Alignment Insert (PAI) With Embedded Explosive
6,298,915 Orienting System for Modular Guns
6,434,084 Adaptive Acoustic Channel Equalizer and Tuning Method-LICE
Firing Head/Perforating Gun Latching System and Associated
6,435,278 Slickline Retrievable Mechanical Firing Head
Methods
Use Propellant to Open Pre-Weakened Spots in the
6,494,261 Apparatus and Methods for Perforating a Subterranean Formation
Casing String
6,595,290 Internally Oriented Perforating Apparatus G-Force® Gun System
6,675,896 Detonation Transfer Subassembly and Method for Use of Same Shearable Safety Sub
Bi-directional Explosive Transfer Subassembly and Method for Use
6,684,954 Bi-Directional Knuckle Joint
of Same
6,708,761 Apparatus for Absorbing a Shock and Method for Use of Same Shock Absorber with Shear Rings
Electromagnetic Telemetry Actuated Firing System for Well
6,820,693 Telemetry Firing Head
Perforating Gun
6,755,249 Apparatus and Method for Perforating a Subterranean Formation Expandable Casing with Expendable Plugs

8-2 Appendix
Frequently Asked Questions and Answers
General
Which is better—underbalanced or balanced perforating?
It depends on completion objectives and well conditions.
Laboratory experiments and field observations have proven
time and time again that when designed properly, lower
perforation skin is achieved through underbalanced
perforating. The concept of underbalanced perforating is to
create a large pressure differential between the wellbore and
the reservoir when the guns are fired to instantaneously
move fluid through the newly created perforation tunnels.
This fluid movement is what helps to remove crushed
formation material and residual shaped charge debris,
resulting in more efficient perforations. When proper
underbalance pressure is not achieved, either due to
operational issues or lack sufficient formation pressure, the
result can be perforations that are not cleaned up completely,
leading to reduced injectivity or higher pressure drawdown
for production. In some cases where balanced perforating is
the only option, it may be necessary to perform some type of
remedial step such as acidifying or fracturing to stimulate the
near-wellbore area.
Another alternative to underbalanced or balanced
perforating is extreme overbalance perforating. This
technique involves pressuring the wellbore with nitrogen
above the fracture gradient of the formation to initiate
perforation breakdown and mild fracturing near the
wellbore. This method is especially effective when the
reservoir pressure is insufficient to effectively surge the
perforations clean.
Your Halliburton representative can provide an analysis of
the factors affecting your well.
How is the optimum underbalance to yield clean
perforations determined?
The maximum underbalance without sand production can
be estimated based on the density of the shales above and
below the sand or on sonic travel time. The minimum
underbalance can be estimated using Halliburton’s
PerfPro® Process.
Appendix
Should the well be flowed after perforating?
Yes, in most cases, in order to:
• remove perforation debris prior to gravel packing.
• gather reservoir data including drawdown, effective
permeability, skin damage, and productivity index.
• collect reservoir examples for analysis.
What volume should be flowed back after perforating?
One gallon per perforation is often used as a guide for back
flow volumes.
How important is centralizing the guns when a gravel pack
will be run?
Extremely. The guns must be centralized to provide uniform
hole sizes around the casing and to maximize charge
performance. Total flow area can be increased as much as
25% by centralizing the guns.
How much casing damage does perforating cause?
Studies show that cemented 7-in. and 9 5/8-in. casing can be
perforated with phased shot densities up to 12 spf with a
0.76-in. hole without reducing crush resistance.
How much performance is lost when charge time and
temperature rating is exceeded?
Charges begin to degrade immediately after time and
temperature limits are exceeded. But, there is no way to
quantify the degree of loss without testing the specific
charges under identical conditions.
Halliburton time and temperature charts are based on data
from tests on explosives which performed at maximum levels
after exposure to time and temperature.
How much does shooting out of scallop reduce performance?
Testing on deep penetrating charges indicates a
performance reduction of 10 to 15% depending on the
charge and on gun size.
8-3
When should backup firing heads be included in the
perforating string?
Any time you want to minimize the risk of a misrun.
How can stuck guns be retrieved?
Several options are available.
Include jars in the TCP workstring in areas where stuck guns
are common. Maximum pull on the string and jarring
usually frees the guns.
A chemical cut can be made in the tubing below the packer
to retrieve the packer and accessory tools. Then, an
overshot/washpipe can be run so the fish can be washed
over and retrieved.
Halliburton normally includes a safety joint in the
perforating string. It separates above the stuck packer
allowing the accessory tools to be retrieved. Then, an
overshot or spear and jars can be used to jar the packer and
guns free.
A safety joint can also be run below the packer. It allows the
accessory tools to be pulled. Then, an overshot or a pin can
be run in with jars.
What can be learned when gauges are run with the
TCP string?
If the well is perforated underbalanced and surged,
Halliburton’s FasTest® service can be used to analyze the data
and produce reservoir pressure and permeability estimates.
How can fluid loss be controlled when killing the well?
Halliburton’s multi-position OMNI™ valve can be closed
after perforating to hold completion fluids in the workstring.
You can also spot a fluid loss pill across the formation after
cycling the OMNI valve to its reversing position by applying
annulus pressure.
8-4
Should 3 3/8-in. guns be run in 4 1/2-in. casing?
Though this is done frequently, usually without problems,
Halliburton’s policy is to recommend only gun sizes that can
be washed over with standard washover pipe in any
particular casing size.
How compatible are Halliburton’s different types
of explosives?
Halliburton uses four standard explosive types—RDX,
HMX, HNS, and PYX. In tests, they have been found to be
compatible in almost all configurations.
Any time more than one type of explosive is used in a system,
the entire system will have a time and temperature rating
equivalent to the lowest rated explosive.
StimGun™ System FAQs
How effective is the StimGun™ technique?
The procedure usually has a 95% success ratio as a
perforation breakdown tool. As a stand-alone stimulation
tool, it usually has a 45 to 50% success rate.
Can the StimGun assembly be used in horizontal wells?
Yes. The procedure has been very successful in horizontal
wells. Standard perforation breakdown treatments such as
the POWR*PERFSM and PerfStim™ processes are limited by
the amount of energy that can be delivered through the
tubing. They are not practical treatments for long intervals.
StimGun sleeves, on the other hand, provide the energy at
the perforations so long intervals can be treated effectively.
POWR*PERF, a process of Marathon Oil Company, is licensed by
Halliburton. POWR*PERF is a service mark/trademark of Marathon Oil
Company and licensed by Halliburton.
StimGun is a trademark of Marathon Oil Company and is licensed to
Halliburton by Marathon.
PerfStim is a trademark of Oryx Energy Company. It is patented by Oryx
and licensed by Halliburton.
Appendix
Can the StimGunSM service be used with limited
entry perforating?
No. A minimum of 4 spf and at least 2 ft of perforations and
a minimum of 3 ft of StimGun™ sleeve are required for a
successful StimGun service. Otherwise, insufficient pressure
is generated. The system is not compatible with limited entry
type perforating or 0° shot phasings.
What are the StimGun sleeve’s temperature limits?
Standard sleeves can be used at temperatures to 250°F
(52°C). High-temperature sleeves can be used up to 360°F
(182°C).
Can StimGun sleeves be used in acid?
Yes. The sleeves are not acid reactive.
What sleeve sizes are available?
Sleeves are available for all VannGun® tools.
How much fluid should be run above the StimGun tool?
The sleeves require 500 psi of hydrostatic pressure to ensure
proper burn. Fluid, not gas (nitrogen), should be used.
What can be learned by running the high-speed recorder?
The recorder monitors the StimGun sleeve’s burn and
pressure regime. The pressure, acceleration, and strain data it
records can be analyzed by the PulsFrac™ system and
compared with the model’s preliminary output.
The data and results can be valuable in future completion
design work.
Is gun centralization important?
Yes. When running the StimGun assembly, it is necessary to
protect the sleeves from being damaged. The StimGun
sleeves are similar to PVC piping and are very brittle.
Therefore, the recommendation is to run a StimGun
retaining collar top/bottom of each 3 ft sleeve in addition to
gun centralization.
*PulsFrac is a trademark of John F. Schatz Research and Consulting, Inc.
Appendix
What are the primary applications for the
POWR*PERF™ system?
The system is excellent for cleaning up near-wellbore skin in
low-pressure reservoirs with good permeability.
It also is an excellent choice for reservoirs with adjacent water
or gas zones.
The service also can develop data for pre-frac evaluations
by fracturing the reservoir and producing fluid samples.
Shots can be oriented to the fracture plane, enhancing the
value of the data gathered. In some cases, the data has
shown that the reservoir is not viable, saving the costs of
additional treatments.
The service should not be considered as a stand-alone
treatment in reservoirs with less than 2-md permeability.
What criteria are used to choose between an underbalanced
TCP job and a POWR*PERF systems job?
In general, if the reservoir has good permeability and
sufficient reservoir pressure, it is a candidate for a natural
(underbalanced) completion. If information from offset
wells and/or charts from Halliburton’s PerfPro® process
brochure indicate reservoir pressures are not sufficient, the
well should be considered a POWR*PERF
system candidate.
What special equipment is required to run a
POWR*PERF system job?
Standard equipment for POWR*PERF system jobs includes
Halliburton’s wellhead isolation tool, pop off valves to
protect the annulus, and packers rated for at least 5,000 psi
differential. A Halliburton nitrogen pumper usually is the
only pumping equipment required.
Are special tubulars required?
No. The POWR*PERF system was designed to be an
integral part of the completion string. In the vast majority
of cases, standard oil country tubulars can be used.
Pressure can be held on the backside to reduce differential
across the tubing. The Halliburton wellhead isolation tool
protects topside equipment.
8-5
What rules of thumb can be used in designing a
POWR*PERF™ system job?
A fluid column of no more than 300 ft should be run in the
tubing above the POWR*PERF™ guns. Marathon studies
show that friction losses become excessive with higher fluid
levels. The fluid can be acid, brine, produced fluids, etc., or
any fluid that is compatible with the formation.
The pressure gradient should be a minimum of 1.4 psi/ft—
regardless of the reservoir’s frac gradient. This gradient
helps overcome frictional losses and helps rectify frac
gradient miscalculations.
Marathon studies show that pressure gradients of 100% to
200% over the frac gradient produce the best results. More is
better whenever possible with this process.
The POWR*PERF process does not require additional
pumping. However, Halliburton often recommends
pumping one tubing volume of nitrogen after the guns fire to
energize the formation, aiding in dislodging debris from low-
pressure reservoirs.
What is the maximum interval length that can be effectively
treated with the POWR*PERF process?
The practical limit at this time seems to be 60 to 70 ft.
According to industry studies, lower sections of longer
intervals do not benefit due to large pressure drops.
What ratio of POWR*PERF carrier to perforated interval
should be used?
For the smaller 3 1/8-in. and 3 3/8-in. OD carriers, a 2:1 ratio
should be used. For 4-in. and 4 1/2-in. OD carriers, a 1:1
ratio is sufficient.
What is the minimum shot density and phasing for
POWR*PERF system jobs?
The POWR*PERF service requires a minimum of 6 spf and
60° phasing. The 6 spf increases flow area to the wellbore
while 60° phasing aligns more perforations with natural
frac planes.
For frac jobs in a number of wells, this minimum
configuration eliminated tortuosity, screenouts, and reduced
horsepower requirements.
8-6
Should Deep Penetrating or Big Hole charges be used?
Halliburton recommends Deep Penetrating (DP) charges at
this time. Results from several jobs using Big Hole (BH)
charges were unsatisfactory. Studies indicate that BH charges
may create more fines, which inhibit fluid injection and may
not be desirable for Extreme Overbalance.
Why is sintered bauxite used?
Bauxite offers excellent erosive qualities and high density. In
tests at the velocities achieved in POWR*PERF service, frac
sand shatters at the formation face.
What fluid velocities are produced during a
POWR*PERF treatment?
Fluid velocities of 3,000 ft/sec and flow rates equivalent to
140 bbl/min per perforation occur at the moment of
detonation. All fluid in the tubing evacuates in less than
5 seconds.
DrillGun™ FAQs
What advantages does the drillable gun system offer?
The system eliminates a wireline perforating trip during
squeeze cementing operations. The squeeze-perforating
DrillGun™ tool and cement retainer are run in a single trip.
This system also allows squeeze cementing in underbalanced
conditions. Jobs can be run with clear fluids instead of
drilling fluids, which can create costly disposal problems.
The gun’s design incorporates a pressure-activated, shear-
sleeve firing head. The system can be configured to isolate the
rathole from firing pressure when required.
What materials are used in the gun’s construction?
The gun and firing head are made entirely of aluminum,
which is very easy to drill.
What cement retainer is used?
The system includes Halliburton’s field-proven cement
retainer EZ Drill® SVB Packer (EZSVB).
Appendix
AutoLatch™ Gun Connector FAQs
Are special BOPs required for the AutoLatch™ Connector?
No. The only requirement is that the spacing between the
BOP rams fit the linear dimensions of the connector. If
required, spacer spools can be inserted between the
BOP rams.
How is a gun broken out should the sealed initiator develop
a leak?
A short-catch overshot and grapple is used. The procedure
does require more time, but gun sections can continue to be
retrieved under pressure.
What if multiple sealed initiators begin to leak?

Does the AutoLatch Connector need to be centralized in the Simply continue retrieving gun sections using the short-
BOP stack? catch overshot.

Yes. The BOP rams must close equally on the seal area of the
stinger in order for the retrieving tool to properly latch to the
top of the stinger. The running tool must also be centralized
in the BOP stack.
What section lengths can be run?
What if the BOP leaks?
If the connection has not already been made and if the leak is
not dramatic, connect with the short-catch overshot and
lower the guns below the Christmas tree. Close and test the
lower pipe ram, and then, repair the leaking ram.

It depends on the equipment available to build the riser
section. We have deployed single 22-ft gun sections and
sections of up to three 22-ft guns.
Can pressure-actuated firing heads be used or should only
ball drop firing heads be used?
If the leak is serious, contingency procedures are followed.
What inserts work best in the seal/slip rams with the ratchet
gun connector?
Stewart-Stevenson inserts with straight slips work well.

Either type firing head can be used. However, extreme

care must be taken when running pressure-actuated
firing heads. Well pressures and well return must be
constantly monitored.

In an emergency, can the BOP shear rams be closed on

the gun?

No, never close the shear rams on guns. Even when the
guns have been fired, it cannot be determined if all
explosive materials have been detonated until the gun is
out of the hole.

However, if the situation requires, the Christmas tree’s high

shear ram can be closed.

How much right-hand torque can be applied to break out a

gun section?

Maximum torque is limited by the guns to 6,000 ft/lb.

What if a gun section will not break out?

If the optional backup release sub is included in the string,

rotating to the right will back off the sub. Then, an overshot
can be run. Once it latches, and the connection is tested, the
string is pulled up to the next seal sub in the seal-slip.

Appendix 8-7
8-8 Appendix